UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

[ ] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

[ ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended ________________

OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

[ x ] SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report: January 28, 2011

For the transition period from ____________to ____________________

Commission file number 000-32981
 
QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
The Cayman Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
780 – 333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6B 5A6
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Ross Tocher, President,
778.370.1719
rosstocher@trianequities.com
780-333 Seymour Street,
Vancouver British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Not Applicable Not Applicable

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.


Common Shares Without Par Value
(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

Not Applicable
(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the shell company report: 66,739,541 common shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[ ] YES[ x ] NO

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
[ ] YES[ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
[ x ] YES[ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
(Not applicable to the registrant at this time) [ ] YES[ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [ ] Accelerated filer [ ] Non-accelerated filer [ x ]

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP [ x ] International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board [ ] Other [ ]

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
[ ] Item 17[ ] Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
[ ] YES[ ] NO

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
[ ] YES[ ] NO


INTRODUCTION AND INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 20-F is filed as a “Form 20-F Shell Company Report” by Qwick Media Inc. following the completion of the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as of January 28, 2011, as a result of which we ceased to be a “shell company”, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

In this Form 20-F, unless otherwise stated, references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Qwick” refer to Qwick Media Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation, and references to “Qeyos” refer to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Qeyos Ad Systems Inc., a British Columbia corporation. Unless otherwise stated, “$” refers to United States dollars.

This shell company report on Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are projections in respect of future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may”, “should”, “intend”, “expect”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential”, or “continue”, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, including the risks in the section entitled “Risk Factors” commencing on page 8, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity or performance to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include: a renewed downturn in international economic conditions; any adverse occurrence with respect to the development or marketing of our technology; any adverse occurrence with respect to any of our licensing agreements; our ability to successfully bring products to market; product development or other initiatives by our competitors; fluctuations in the availability and cost of materials required to produce our products; any adverse occurrence with respect to distribution of our products; potential negative financial impact from claims, lawsuits and other legal proceedings or challenges; and other factors beyond our control.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity or performance. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and, except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all of such factors and to assess in advance the impact of such factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I   5
  ITEM 1 Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers 5
  ITEM 2 Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable 6
  ITEM 3 Key Information 6
  ITEM 4 Information on the Company 21
  ITEM 4A Unresolved Staff Comments 41
  ITEM 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects 41
  ITEM 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees 44
  ITEM 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions 52
  ITEM 8 Financial Information 53
  ITEM 9 The Offer and Listing 55
  ITEM 10 Additional Information 56
  ITEM 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 59
  ITEM 12 Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities 59
       
PART II   59
  ITEM 13 Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies 59
  ITEM 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds 60
  ITEM 15 Controls and Procedures 60
  ITEM 15T Controls and Procedures 60
  ITEM 16 [Reserved] 60
  ITEM 16A Audit Committee Financial Expert 60
  ITEM 16B Code of Ethics 60
  ITEM 16C Principal Accountant Fees and Services 60
  ITEM 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees 60
  ITEM 16E Purchases of Equity Securities the Company and Affiliated Purchasers 60
  ITEM 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant 60
  ITEM 16G Corporate Governance 60
  ITEM 17 Financial Statements 60
  ITEM 18 Financial Statements 109
  ITEM 19 Exhibits 109

4


PART I

ITEM 1 Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

A. Directors and Senior Management

The names, business addresses and functions of our directors and senior management are as follows:

Name and Business Address Function
J. Stephen Barley
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6


Secretary, Treasurer and Director
Ross J. Tocher
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Kevin Kortje
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6

Chief Financial Officer

Barb Welsh
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6

Director

Brian Petersen
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada, V6B 5A6

Director

Gregory G. Dureault
3162 Thunderbird Crescent,
Burnaby, British Columbia
Canada V5A 3G4
Senior Vice President and General Counsel


Alan Husejnagic
3162 Thunderbird Crescent,
Burnaby, British Columbia
Canada V5A 3G4

Vice President of Operations

Steve Owst
3162 Thunderbird Crescent,
Burnaby, B.C.
Canada V5A 3G4

Vice President of Sales

5



Name and Business Address Function
Scott Lupien
Suite 2908, the Spaces International, No.
8, Dong Da Qiao Road,Chaoyang District,
Beijing, People’s Republic of China

Vice President of Asian Operations


B. Advisers

Not Applicable.

C. Auditors

The name, address, and membership in professional bodies of our auditor for the preceding three years is as follows:

                            Name and Address (1) Governing Professional Body Period

Morgan & Company, Chartered Accountants
1488 – 700 West Georgia Street
Vancouver, BC V7Y 1A1
Institute of Chartered Accountants of
British Columbia; registered with the
Canadian Public Accountability Board
(Canada) and the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (USA)

From incorporation on
October 5, 2000 to
December 31, 2009

(1)

The audited financial statements of Qeyos included in this Form 20-F were prepared by Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton Labonte LLP, Chartered Accountants, of 1700 – 1140 West Pender Street, Vancouver, BC V6E 4G1.


ITEM 2 Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

ITEM 3 Key Information

A. Selected Financial Data

The following financial data summarizes selected financial data for our company prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and for the nine month interim period ended September 30, 2010. The information presented below for the five year period ended December 31, 2009 is derived from our financial statements which were examined by our independent auditor. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes for the year ended December 31, 2009 which were filed on Form 20-F with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2010, and with the information appearing under the heading “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. The data is presented in U.S. dollars.

Selected Financial Data
(Stated in U.S. Dollars - Calculated in accordance with US GAAP)
(Audited)




Nine month
period ended
Sept. 30, 2010
(unaudited)
Nine month
period ended
Sept. 30, 2009
(unaudited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2009
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2008
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2007
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2006
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2005
(audited)
Net sales or operating revenue $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ -
Total expenses 122,573 193,141 226,924 104,412 74,191 67,488 49,562

6






Nine month
period ended
Sept. 30, 2010
(unaudited)
Nine month
period ended
Sept. 30, 2009
(unaudited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2009
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2008
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2007
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2006
(audited)

Year ended
Dec. 31, 2005
(audited)
Loss from operations and continuing
operations

122,573

193,141

226,924

104,412

74,191

67,488

49,562
Net loss 122,573 193,141 226,924 104,412 74,191 67,488 49,562
Basic and diluted loss per common share 0.00 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
Total assets 1,486 9,369 1,433 659 1,234 396 76
Total liabilities 419,656 271,183 297,030 650,962 545,891 472,096 404,288
Total stockholders’ deficiency 418,170 261,814 295,597 650,303 545,891 471,700 404,212
Capital stock 51,313 51,313 51,313 12,538 12,538 12,538 12,538
Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding

51,313,366

12,680,034

22,311,517

12,538,000

12,538,000

12,538,000

12,538,000
Number of common shares outstanding
as at period end

51,313,366

12,538,000

51,313,366

12,538,000

12,538,000

12,538,000

12,538,000
Long-term debt - - - - - - -
Dividends per common share - - - - - - -

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

As a result of a debt settlement agreement with R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd. dated January 28, 2011, we had no guaranteed or secured indebtedness as of January 28, 2011. As a result of the closing of the share exchange transaction with Qeyos, and the concurrent private placement of 10,000,000 common shares on January 28, 2011, our capitalization, on an actual basis, was $1,735,851. The private placement consisted of the issuance of 10,000,000 common shares at $0.20 per share for gross proceeds of $2,000,000. We intend to use the net proceeds of the private placement to further the advancement of the production and marketing of the Qeyos technology. Also see “ITEM 10. Additional Information – Capitalization”, below.

The following table shows the capitalization of the Company as of September 30, 2010, (i) on a historical basis, and (ii) on a pro forma basis, adjusted to give effect to the share exchange transaction and the private placement:


September 30, 2010
Actual Pro Forma
Long term debt  $ -  $ -
Stockholders’ Deficiency    
Shares of common stock
Authorized: 400,000,000, par value $0.001

51,313

66,739
 Additional paid-in capital 606,317 3,676,126
 Stockholders’ deficit (1,075,800) (2,007,014)
Total Capitalization (418,170) 1,735,851

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable

7



D. Risk Factors

Much of the information included in this shell company report includes or is based upon estimates, projections or other “forward-looking statements”. Such forward-looking statements include any projections or estimates made by our company and our management in connection with our business operations. While these forward-looking statements, and any assumptions upon which they are based, are made in good faith and reflect our current judgment regarding the direction of our business, actual results will almost always vary, sometimes materially, from any estimates, predictions, projections, assumptions or other future performance suggested herein. Such estimates, projections or other forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties as outlined below. We caution the reader that important factors in some cases have affected and, in the future, could materially affect actual results and cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in any such estimates, projections or other forward-looking statements.

The common shares of our company are considered speculative. You should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties in addition to other information in this shell company report in evaluating our company and our business before purchasing any shares of our company. Our business, operating and financial condition could be harmed due to any of the following risks.

Risks Relating to our Business

Our company currently does not generate revenue from its planned operations, and as a result, we face a high risk of business failure.

We have not generated any revenues from our planned operations to date. As of September 30, 2010, we had accumulated $1,075,800 in losses since inception. As a result of the completion of the acquisition of the shares of Qeyos, our business is now the development of proprietary software, know-how and hardware. Our software and hardware is used in the digital out-of-home (“DOOH”) media advertising industry. Therefore, our principal business is to provide our clients with advertising opportunities through self-service, interactive digital kiosks, interactive window displays, interactive transit displays and other interactive out-of-home advertising displays, such as digital wall-scapes, spectaculars and mall displays that we own and operate in North American and Chinese advertising markets. Our ability to generate revenues from planned advertising sales depends largely on our ability to provide a large interactive network of digital kiosks and digital TV screens that show our programs in high traffic locations at trade-show exhibitions and large retail stores and shopping malls. This, in turn, requires that we obtain specialized broadcast interactive television (“Micro-broadcast”) contracts or concession rights contracts in order to operate our business. As such, in order to generate revenues, we will incur substantial expenses in the development of our business. We therefore expect to incur significant losses in the foreseeable future. We recognize that if we are unable to generate significant revenues from our activities, our entire business may fail. There is no history upon which to base any assumption as to the likelihood that we will be successful in our plan of operation, and we can provide no assurance to investors that we will generate operating revenues or achieve profitable operations in the future.

If we are not able to effectively protect our intellectual property, our business may suffer a material negative impact and may fail.

The success of our company will be dependent on our ability to protect and develop our technology, however, we have not yet obtained any patents or trademarks. We have applied for a registered U.S. trade-name “Qwick Media”, which is pending under serial number 85,078,835. If we are unable to secure trademark and patent protection for our intellectual property in the future or that protection is inadequate for future products, our business may be materially adversely affected. Further, there is no assurance that our interactive kiosks and displays or other aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. Although we are not aware of any such claims, we may become subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time relating to the intellectual property of others in the ordinary course of our business. If we are found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be enjoined from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives. In addition, we may incur substantial expenses and diversion of management time in defending against these third-party infringement claims, regardless

8


of their merit. Successful infringement or licensing claims against us may result in substantial monetary liabilities, which may materially and adversely disrupt our business.

We have had negative cash flows from operations and if we are not able to obtain further financing, our business operations may fail.

We had cash in the amount of $1,486 and a working capital deficit of $418,170 as of September 30, 2010. Although we obtained cash of $2,000,000 as a result of the closing of the private placement on January 28, 2011, if our current sources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of convertible debt securities or additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations and liquidity.

In addition, our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

  • investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of alternative advertising media companies;

  • conditions of the U.S. and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

  • our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows;

  • People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) governmental regulation of foreign investment in advertising services companies in the PRC;

  • economic, political and other conditions in North America and the PRC; and

  • PRC governmental policies relating to foreign currency borrowings.

We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure to raise additional funds on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition and could cause our business to fail.

Our limited operating history may not provide an adequate basis to judge our future prospects and results of operations.

Qeyos was incorporated and began operations in January 2009. As such, our limited operating history may not provide a meaningful basis for readers to evaluate our business, financial performance and prospects. It is also difficult to evaluate the viability of our interactive digital media Micro-broadcast network and other advertising media dedicated to the DOOH sector because we do not have sufficient experience to address the risks frequently encountered by early stage companies using new forms of advertising media and entering new and rapidly evolving markets. Certain members of our senior management team have worked together for only a relatively short period of time and it may be difficult for readers to evaluate their effectiveness, on an individual or collective basis, and their ability to address future challenges to our business. Given our limited operating history, we may not be able to:

  • preserve our leading position in the interactive digital media markets in North America and China;

  • manage our emerging relationships with large retailers and micro-broadcast sponsors to secure network broadcast and media management contracts or concession rights contracts and obtain such contracts or concession rights contracts to operate interactive digital media platforms in leading retail chains on commercially advantageous terms or at all;

  • obtain, retain and acquire advertising clients;

  • manage our emerging relationships with third-party non-advertising content providers;

  • secure a sufficient amount of low-cost interactive digital kiosks and digital TV screens from our suppliers;

  • manage our expanding operations, including the integration of any future acquisitions;

  • increase and diversify our revenue sources by successfully expanding into other complimentary advertising media platforms and replacing third party light box displays to interactive digital frames;

9


  • respond to competitive market conditions;

  • maintain adequate control of our expenses; or

  • attract, train, motivate and retain qualified personnel.

If we are unsuccessful in addressing any of these risks, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

If advertisers or the viewing public do not accept, or lose interest in, our interactive digital media network, we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from our operating activities and our prospects and results of operations could be negatively affected.

The market for interactive digital media networks in North America and China is relatively new and its potential is uncertain. We compete for advertising spending with many forms of more established advertising media, such as television, print media, Internet and other types of out-of-home advertising. Our success depends on the acceptance of our interactive digital media network by advertising clients and agencies and their continuing and increased interest in this medium as a component of their advertising strategies. Our success also depends on the viewing public continuing to be receptive towards our interactive digital media network. Advertisers may elect not to use our services if they believe that consumers are not receptive to our Micro-broadcast network or that our network does not provide sufficient value as an effective advertising medium. Likewise, if consumers find some element of our network to be disruptive or intrusive, large retailing companies may decide not to allow us to operate the interactive digital and interactive TV screens in stores or shopping malls or to place our programs in high traffic areas, and advertisers may view our micro-broadcast network as a less attractive advertising medium compared to other alternatives. In that event, advertisers may determine to decline spending on our Micro-broadcast network and interactive advertising distribution channels.

Interactive DOOH advertising is a new concept in North America and China and in the advertising industry generally. If we are not able to adequately track consumer responses to our programs, in particular tracking the demographics of consumers most receptive to interactive advertising, we will not be able to provide sufficient feedback and data to existing and potential advertising clients to help us generate demand and determine pricing. Without improved market research, advertising clients may reduce their use of interactive advertising and instead turn to more traditional forms of advertising that have more established and proven analytical methods of tracking effectiveness.

If a substantial number of advertisers lose interest in advertising on our Micro-broadcast digital media networks for these or other reasons, or become unwilling to purchase advertising time slots on our network, we will be unable to generate sufficient revenues and cash flow to operate our business, and our revenues, prospects and results of operations could be negatively affected.

We plan to derive the majority of our revenues from the provision of advertising services. If there is a downturn in the advertising industry, we may not be able to diversify our revenue sources and our ability to generate revenues and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We do not have any current plans to expand outside our existing sector and enter into more advertising segments to diversify our revenue sources. As a result, if there were a downturn in the advertising industry for any reason, we may not be able to diversify our revenue sources and our ability to generate revenues and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to carry out our plan of operations as specified in proposed contracts or obtain new contracts or concession rights contracts on commercially advantageous terms or at all, we may be unable to maintain or expand our Micro-broadcast network coverage and our costs may increase significantly in the future.

Our ability to generate planned revenues from advertising sales depends largely upon our ability to provide a large interactive network of digital kiosks and digital TV screens that show our programs in high traffic locations of trade-show exhibitions, large retail stores and shopping malls. This, in turn, requires that we obtain Micro-broadcast contracts or concession rights contracts to operate our business. We cannot assure the reader that we will be able to

10


carry out our operations in a manner as specified in such future contracts or that the typical terms of such contracts, ranging from three to five years, will be capable of including any automatic renewal provisions.

We may depend on third-party program producers to provide the non-advertising content that we include in our interactive programs. Failure to obtain high-quality content on commercially reasonable terms could materially reduce the attractiveness of our Micro-broadcast network, harm our reputation and cause our planned revenues to be unrealized or to decline.

We are planning for the majority of our interactive digital kiosks and TV screens to mix advertising and non-advertising content. We do not produce or create any of the non-advertising content included in our programs. The advertisers will provide us with the advertising content that they do not retain us to produce. All of the non-advertising content is provided by third-party content providers such as various local television stations and television production companies. For example, we have plans to include a variety of news and entertainment content provided by third parties on our Micro-broadcast network, without charge, on the condition that their logo is displayed throughout the duration of the provided content. Certain third-party content providers also do not plan to charge us for their content.

There is no assurance that we will be able to secure these contracts or obtain non-advertising content on satisfactory terms, or at all. In addition, some of the third-party content providers that currently do not charge us for their content may do so in the future. To make our programs more attractive, we must continue to secure contracts with these and other third-party content providers. If we fail to obtain a sufficient amount of high-quality content on a cost-effective basis, advertisers may find advertising on our Micro-broadcast networks unattractive and may not wish to purchase advertising time slots on our network, which would materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from our advertising time slots and cause our revenues to decline and our business and prospects to deteriorate.

If we are unable to attract advertisers to purchase advertising time on our Micro-broadcast network, we will be unable to maintain or increase our advertising fees, which could negatively affect our ability to grow our profits.

The fees we charge advertising clients and agencies for time slots on our network depend on the size and quality of our interactive network and the demand by advertisers for advertising time on our network. We believe advertisers will choose to advertise on our Micro-broadcast network in part based on the intended size of our network, the desirability of the locations where we have placed our interactive kiosks and digital TV screens and the attractiveness of our network content. If we fail to establish sufficient critical mass, maintain or increase the number of our interactive displays, solidify our brand name and reputation as a quality interactive digital media provider, or obtain high-quality non-advertising content at commercially reasonable prices, advertisers may be unwilling to purchase time on our Micro-broadcast network or to pay the levels of advertising fees we require to grow our profits.

When our planned advertising network of interactive digital kiosks and TV screens reaches saturation in the major retail locations where we seek to operate, we may be unable to offer additional time slots to satisfy all of our advertisers’ needs, which could hamper our ability to generate higher levels of revenues and profitability over time.

When our network of digital TV screens reaches saturation in any particular Micro-broadcast network, we may be unable to offer additional advertising time slots to satisfy all of our expected advertisers’ needs. We would need to increase our advertising rates for advertising in such networks in order to increase our revenues. However, advertisers may be unwilling to accept rate increases, which could hamper our ability to generate higher levels of revenues over time.

11


Including non-advertising content in our programs may be deemed a form of broadcasting under applicable federal law. If so, we may be required to obtain certain approvals and/or authorizations, the failure of which may make us unable to continue to include non-advertising content in our programs, which may cause our revenues to decline and our business and prospects to deteriorate.

Current laws and regulations in North American and China may prohibit any entities or individuals from broadcasting non-advertising content through television networks without the prior approval of the relevant authorities. Applicable laws and regulations do not, however, expressly classify the display of non-advertising content through digital media networks such as ours as a form of broadcasting. Although we believe we are in compliance with current laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we intend to operate we cannot assure you that the relevant authorities will reach the same conclusion.

If we are in fact deemed to be engaged in the broadcasting of non-advertising content, we may be subject to monetary penalties or may be forced to eliminate non-advertising content from the programs included in our Micro-broadcast digital TV screens, all of which could have a material and adverse effect on our intended business operations. In addition, if new laws or regulations are promulgated that characterize our business operations as engaging in the broadcasting of non-advertising content, we would be required to obtain additional approvals and/or authorizations. If we fail to obtain any required approvals and/or authorizations, we may not be able to continue to include non-advertising content in our programs and advertisers may find our network less attractive and be unwilling to purchase advertising time slots on our network, which may cause our revenues to decline and our business and prospects to deteriorate.

Because we may rely on third-party agencies to help source advertising clients, our failure to retain key third-party agencies or attract additional agencies on favorable terms could materially and adversely affect our revenue growth.

We plan to engage third-party agencies to assist us in sourcing advertising clients from time to time. We do not have any long-term or exclusive agreements with these agencies, including our key third-party agencies, and cannot assure the reader that we will obtain or continue to maintain favorable relationships with them. If we fail to obtain and retain key third-party agencies or attract additional agencies, we may not be able to secure or retain advertising clients or attract new advertisers or advertising agency clients and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We shall be dependent on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues and this dependence may continue or reoccur in the future, which would make us more vulnerable to the loss of intended major customers or delays in payments from these customers.

Given our limited operating history and the rapid growth of our industry, we cannot assure the reader that we will not be dependent on a small number of customers in the future. If we fail to sell our services to one or more of our major customers in any particular period, or if a large customer purchases less of our services or fails to purchase additional advertising time on our Micro-broadcast networks, our revenues could be unrealised or decline and our operating results could be adversely affected. In addition, the dependence on a small number of customers could leave us more vulnerable to delays in payments from these customers. If one of our intended anchor customers is significantly delinquent with their payments, our financial conditions may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to adapt to changing advertising trends and the technology needs of advertisers and consumers, we will not be able to compete effectively and we will be unable to realise, increase or maintain our revenues which may materially and adversely affect our business prospects and revenues.

The market for interactive advertising requires us to continuously identify new advertising trends and the technological needs of both advertisers and consumers, which may require us to develop new formats, features and enhancements for our Micro-broadcasting advertising network.

We must be able to quickly and cost-effectively expand into additional advertising media and platforms beyond interactive kiosks and interactive digital TV screens if advertisers find these other media and platforms, such as

12


mobile applications, to be more attractive and cost-effective. In addition, as the advertising industry is highly competitive and fragmented with many advertising agencies exiting and emerging, we must closely monitor the trends in the advertising agency community. We must maintain strong relationships with leading advertising agencies to make certain that we are reaching the leading advertisers and are responsive to the needs of both the advertising agencies and the advertisers.

We currently plan to play advertisements in our network primarily through Internet VPN broadband and wireless 3G+ networking, and digital players, respectively. In the future, we may be required to incur development and acquisition costs in order to keep pace with new technology needs but we may not have the financial resources necessary to fund and implement future technological innovations or to replace obsolete technology. Furthermore, we may fail to respond to these changing technology needs. For example, if we fail to implement such changes on our network or fail to do so in a timely manner, our competitors or future entrants into the market who take advantage of such initiatives could gain a competitive advantage over us .

If we cannot succeed in defining, developing and introducing new formats, features and technologies on a timely and cost-effective basis, advertising demand for our advertising network may decrease and we may not be able to compete effectively or attract advertising clients, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business prospects and revenues.

We face significant competition in the global advertising industry, and if we do not compete successfully against new and existing competitors in North America and China, we may not realize or may lose our future market share, and our intended profitability may be adversely affected.

We face significant competition in the global advertising industry. We compete for advertising clients primarily on the basis of network size and coverage, location, price, the quality of our programs, the range of services that we offer and brand recognition. We compete for overall advertising spending with other alternative advertising media companies, such as Internet, street furniture, billboard and public transport advertising companies, and with traditional advertising media, such as newspapers, television, magazines and radio. We also compete for advertising dollars spent in the passive display DOOH advertising industry. We must compete with other media platforms of advertising for which we do not have exclusivity, including billboards, light boxes and print media. In addition, we may also face competition from new entrants into interactive advertising in the future.

Significant competition could reduce our planned operating margins and profitability and result in a loss of intended market share. Some of our existing and potential competitors may have competitive advantages, such as significantly greater brand recognition, financial, marketing or other resources and may be able to mimic and adopt our business model. In addition, several of our competitors have significantly larger advertising networks than we do, which gives them an ability to reach a larger number of overall potential consumers and which make them less susceptible to downturns in particular sectors, such as the interactive sector. Moreover, significant competition will provide advertisers with a wider range of media and advertising service alternatives, which could lead to lower prices and decreased revenues, gross margins and profits. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully compete against new or existing competitors.

Our plan of operations is subject to fluctuations in the demand for interactive DOOH advertising, which is affected by, among other things, seasonality and general economic conditions, and a decrease in the demand for interactive DOOH advertising may make it difficult for us to sell our advertising time slots.

Our planned operations are directly linked to the fortunes of the DOOH advertising industry. Demand for such advertising fluctuates significantly from period to period, is subject to seasonality due to weather conditions, and is particularly susceptible to downturns in the economy, any of which could lead to a reduction in the growth of the DOOH industry in North America and China.

The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the U.S. severely and adversely affected the advertising industry as a whole in the U.S. and throughout the world. Any future terrorist activity involving the interactive industry could have an equal or greater impact. If the demand for interactive DOOH advertising decreases for any of these or other

13


reasons, advertisers may be reluctant to advertise on our network and we may be unable to fill our advertising time slots and charge premium or going industry rates.

A decrease in demand for our planned advertising services may materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues, our financial condition and results of operations.

Demand for our advertising services, and the resulting advertising spending by our clients, may fluctuate due to changes in general economic conditions, and advertising spending typically decreases during periods of economic downturn.

Our clients may reduce the money they spend to advertise on our network for a number of reasons, including:

  • a general decline in economic conditions;

  • a general decline in the number of consumers and consumer spending;

  • a decline in economic conditions in the particular cities where our network plans to be located;

  • a decision to shift advertising expenditures to other available advertising media; and

  • a decline in advertising spending in general.

A decrease in demand for advertising media in general and for our advertising services in particular would materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from our advertising services, and our financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our expansion strategies or meet the demands of our advertising clients.

Rapid growth and expansion may place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources. We must establish and continue to expand our operations to meet the anticipated demands of advertisers for larger and more diverse network coverage. To accommodate our growth, we anticipate that we will need to implement a variety of new and upgraded operational and financial systems, procedures and controls, including the improvement of our accounting and other internal management systems, all of which require substantial management efforts.

We also will need to continue to expand, train, manage and motivate our workforce as well as manage our relationships with our prospective clientele and third-party non-advertising content providers. We must add sales and marketing offices and personnel to service relationships with new Micro-broadcast sponsors that we will aim to add as part of our network. As we add new interactive kiosks and interactive digital TV screens and other media platforms, we will need to incur greater maintenance costs to maintain our equipment.

All of these endeavors will require substantial managerial efforts and skill, as well as the incurrence of additional expenditures. We cannot assure the reader that we will be able to manage our growth effectively, and we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our expansion strategies or meet the demands of our advertising clients.

Future acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business.

We may acquire businesses, technologies, services or products which are complementary to our core interactive digital media network business. Future acquisitions may expose us to potential risks, including risks associated with:

  • the integration of new operations, services and personnel;

  • unforeseen or hidden liabilities;

  • the diversion of resources from our existing business and technology;

  • our potential inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset new costs;

  • the expenses of acquisitions; or

14


  • the potential loss of or harm to relationships with both employees and advertising clients resulting from our integration of new businesses.

Any of the potential risks listed above could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to manage our business, our revenues and net income.

We may need to raise additional debt funding or sell additional equity securities to make such acquisitions. The raising of additional debt funding by us, if required, would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in additional operating and financing covenants, or liens on our assets, that would restrict our operations. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period in the future.

Our future quarterly and annual operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the seasonality of interactive, consumer spending and corresponding advertising trends in North America and China. In addition, DOOH and advertising spending in North America and China generally tends to increase during holidays and tends to decrease during the fourth quarter. DOOH and advertising spending in North America and China is also affected by certain special events and related government measures. As a result, the reader may not be able to rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance.

We may experience seasonality effects due to the seasonality of DOOH and advertising spending in North America and China. Other factors that may cause our operating results to fluctuate include a deterioration of economic conditions in North America and China and potential changes to the regulation of the advertising industry in North America and China, which are discussed elsewhere in this Form 20-F. If our projected revenues for a particular quarter are lower than we expect, we may be unable to reduce our operating expenses for that quarter by a corresponding amount, which would harm our operating results for that quarter relative to our operating results from other quarters .

We may be subject to, and may expend significant resources in defending against, government actions and civil suits based on the content we provide through our interactive digital media network.

Civil claims may be filed against us for fraud, defamation, subversion, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other violations due to the nature and content of the information displayed on our network. If consumers find the content displayed on our network to be offensive, clientele may seek to hold us responsible for any consumer claims or may terminate their relationships with us. Offensive and objectionable content and legal standards for defamation and fraud in China are less defined than in North America and other countries and we may not be able to properly screen out unlawful content.

In addition, if the security of our content management system is breached and unauthorized images, text or audio sounds are displayed on our network, viewers or the government may find these images, text or audio sounds to be offensive, which may subject us to civil liability or government censure despite our efforts to ensure the security of our content management system. Any such event may also damage our reputation. If our advertising viewers do not believe our content is reliable or accurate, our business model may become less appealing to viewers in North America and China and our advertising clients may be less willing to place advertisements on our network.

We do not have any business liability, disruption or litigation insurance, and any business disruption or litigation we experience might result in our incurring substantial costs and the diversion of resources .

The insurance industry in China is still at an early stage of development. Insurance companies in China offer limited business insurance products and do not, to our knowledge, offer business liability insurance. While business disruption insurance is available to a limited extent in China, we have determined that the risks of disruption, cost of such insurance and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to have such insurance. As a result, except for fire insurance, we do not have any business

15


liability, disruption or litigation insurance coverage for our operations in China. Any business disruption or litigation may result in our incurring substantial costs and the diversion of resources.

We face risks related to health epidemics, which could materially and adversely affect our business and result in reduced demand for our advertising services or disrupt our operations.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the effect of a health epidemic or outbreak on the economic and business climate. Any prolonged recurrence of H1N1, avian flu, SARS, or another epidemic or outbreak in North America or China may have a material adverse effect on demand for advertising in those afflicted markets. A new outbreak of such epidemics may result in health or other government authorities requiring the closure of our offices or other businesses, including Micro-broadcast operations in sponsored venues which comprise the primary locations where we provide our advertising services. A health epidemic could result in a significant drop in demand for our advertising services, severely disrupt our business operations and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business and to Our Structure

Compliance with advertising laws and regulations may be difficult and could be costly, and failure to comply could subject us to government sanctions.

Advertising laws and regulations require advertisers, advertising operators and advertising distributors, including businesses such as ours, to ensure that the content of the advertisements they prepare or distribute are fair and accurate and are in full compliance with applicable law. Violation of these laws or regulations may result in penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising fees, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements and orders to publish an advertisement correcting the misleading information. In circumstances involving serious violations, government may revoke a violator’s license for advertising business operations.

As an interactive advertising service provider, we are obligated under laws and regulations to monitor the advertising content that is shown on our network for compliance with applicable law. In general, the advertisements shown on our network have previously been broadcast over public television networks and have been subjected to internal review and verification of such networks. We are still required to independently review and verify these advertisements for content compliance before displaying the advertisements. In addition, if a special government review is required for certain product advertisements before they are shown to the public, we are obligated to confirm that such review has been performed and approval has been obtained. In addition, for advertising content related to certain types of products and services, such as food products, alcohol, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals and medical procedures, we are required to confirm that the advertisers have obtained requisite government approvals including the advertising client’s operating qualifications, proof of quality inspection of the advertised products, government pre-approval of the contents of the advertisement and filing with the local authorities.

We endeavor to comply with such requirements, including by requesting relevant documents from the advertisers. However, we cannot assure the reader that each advertisement that an advertiser or advertising agency client provides to us and which we include in our Micro-broadcast network programs is in compliance with relevant advertising laws and regulations or that the supporting documentation and government approvals provided to us by our advertising clients in connection with certain advertising content are complete. Although we review advertising content for compliance with relevant laws and regulations, the content standards in the PRC are less certain and less clear than in those in countries such as the United States and we cannot assure the reader that we will be able to properly review the content to comply with the standards imposed on us with certainty.

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our China business do not comply with PRC governmental restrictions on foreign investment in the advertising industry and in the operating of non-advertising content, we could be subject to severe penalties.

PRC regulations currently permit 100% foreign ownership of companies that provide advertising services. Any foreign entities that invest in the advertising services industry are required to have at least three years of direct operations in the advertising industry outside of China. In addition, PRC regulations currently prohibit foreign

16


investment in the production and operation of any non-advertising content. We do not currently directly operate an advertising business outside of China and thus cannot qualify under PRC regulations until three years after we commence any such operations outside of China or until we acquire a company that has directly operated an advertising business outside of China for the required period of time. Penalties for violations include:

  • revoking the business and operating licenses of our pending PRC subsidiaries and affiliates;

  • discontinuing or restricting our pending PRC subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ operations;

  • imposing conditions or requirements with which we or our pending PRC subsidiaries and affiliates may not be able to comply;

  • requiring us or our pending PRC subsidiaries and affiliates to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations; or

  • restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of the concurrent private placement to finance our business and operations in China.

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

Changes in laws and regulations governing interactive advertising or otherwise affecting our business in North America or China may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and may materially and adversely affect our business prospects and results of operations.

There are no existing laws or regulations that specifically define or regulate interactive DOOH advertising. It has been reported that the relevant PRC government authorities are currently considering adopting new regulations governing Internet based interactive television advertising. We cannot predict the timing and effects of such new regulations. Changes in laws and regulations governing the content of interactive advertising, our business licenses or otherwise affecting our planned business in China may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and may materially and adversely affect our business prospects and results of operations.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Adverse changes in the political and economic policies of the PRC government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could reduce the demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our competitive position.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are affected significantly by economic, political and legal developments of China. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including:

  • the amount of government involvement;

  • the level of development;

  • the growth rate;

  • the control of foreign exchange; and

  • the allocation of resources.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in the past 25 years, growth has been uneven both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. We cannot predict the future direction of political or economic reforms or the effects such measures may have on our business, financial position or results of operations. Any adverse change in the political or economic conditions in China, including changes in the policies of the PRC government or in laws and regulations in China, could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China and in the interactive advertising industry. Such developments could have a material

17


adverse effect on our business, lead to reduction in demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our competitive position.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could limit the legal protections available to us or result in substantial costs and the diversion of resources and management attention.

We conduct our software development business in part through agreement and assistance from Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd., which is an indirect 90% corporate subsidiary and affiliate of R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd., a company owned by our Chief Executive Officer, Ross James Tocher, which is subject to PRC laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly-foreign owned companies. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties, which may limit the legal protections available to us. In addition, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and the diversion of resources and management attention.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

The reporting and functional currency of our company is the U.S. dollar. However, a substantial portion of the expected revenues and expenses of our consolidated operating subsidiaries and affiliate entities may be denominated in CAD and RMB. The value of these currencies against the U.S. dollar may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the political and economic conditions in Canada and China. Fluctuations in exchange rates, primarily those involving the U.S. dollar, may affect the relative purchasing power of our working capital and our balance sheet and earnings per share in U.S. dollars following completion of the share exchange and concurrent private placement. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations. Fluctuations in the exchange rate will also affect the relative value of any dividend we may issue which will be exchanged into U.S. dollars, and earnings from, and the value of, any U.S. dollar-denominated investments we make in the future.

Very limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited so that we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenues or financing effectively.

Under China’s existing foreign exchange regulations, we will be permitted to pay dividends in foreign currencies, without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”), by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not take measures in the future to restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions by our planned subsidiary and affiliated entities in China such as Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd. continue to be subject to significant foreign exchange controls and require the approval of SAFE or registration with, PRC governmental authorities. In particular, if we or other foreign lenders make foreign currency loans to our subsidiaries or variable interest entities in China, these loans must be registered with the SAFE, and if we finance them by means of additional capital contributions, these capital contributions must be approved or registered by certain government authorities including the SAFE, the Ministry of Commerce or their local counterparts. These limitations could affect the ability of these entities to obtain foreign currencies through debt or equity financing, and could affect our business and financial condition.

18


Risks Relating to our Management

Because our officers, directors and principal shareholders control a large percentage of our common stock, such insiders have the ability to influence matters affecting our shareholders.

Our officers and directors, in the aggregate, beneficially own 45.75% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. As a result, they have the ability to influence matters affecting our shareholders, including the election of our directors, the acquisition or disposition of our assets, and the future issuance of our shares. Because our officers, directors and principal shareholders control such shares, investors may find it difficult to replace our management if they disagree with the way our business is being operated. Because the influence by these insiders could result in management making decisions that are in the best interest of those insiders and not in the best interest of the investors, you may lose some or all of the value of your investment in our common stock.

Our business depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. In particular, we rely on the expertise, financial assistance and experience of our chief executive officer, Ross J. Tocher. We rely on the industry expertise, experience in our business operations and sales and marketing, of our Vice-president of Operations, Alan Husejnagic, and Vice-president of Sales, Steve Owst, and their working relationships with our employees, our other major shareholders, our advertising clients, Micro-broadcast network sponsors and advertisers, and relevant government authorities.

If one or more of our senior executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we might not be able to replace them easily or at all. If any of our senior executives joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, key professionals and staff members. Each of our executive officers has entered into an employment agreement with us, which contains non-competition provisions. However, if any dispute arises between our executive officers and us, we cannot assure you the extent to which any of these agreements could be enforced.

As a majority of our directors and officers are residents of countries other than the United States, investors may find it difficult to enforce, within the United States, any judgments obtained against our company, directors and officers.

A majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons' assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to enforce within the United States any judgments obtained against our company, officers, and directors, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

Because executive management is free to devote time to other ventures, shareholders may not agree with their allocation of time.

Our executive officers and directors will devote only that portion of their time which, in their judgment and experience, is reasonably required for the management and operation of our business. Management may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services and functions among our company and any present and future ventures which are or may be organized by our officers or directors and/or their affiliates. Management will not be required to direct us as their sole and exclusive function, and they may have other business interests and engage in other activities in addition to those relating to us. This includes rendering advice or services of any kind to other investors and creating or managing other businesses.

19


Our board of directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice to shareholders or shareholder approval and such changes could harm our business and results of operations, and the value of our stock.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our current operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and value of our stock. However, such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or otherwise.

Our Articles of Association contain provisions indemnifying our officers and directors against all costs, charges and expenses incurred by them.

Our Articles of Association contain provisions with respect to the indemnification of our officers and directors against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, actually and reasonably incurred by them in a civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which they are made a party by reason of their being or having been a director or officer of our company.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

If our business is unsuccessful, our shareholders may lose their entire investment.

Although shareholders will not be bound by or be personally liable for our expenses, liabilities or obligations beyond their total original capital contributions, should we suffer a deficiency in funds with which to meet our obligations, the shareholders as a whole may lose their entire investment in our company.

Our common stock is illiquid and shareholders may be unable to sell their shares.

There is currently a limited market for our common stock and we can provide no assurance to investors that a market will develop. If a market for our common stock does not develop, our shareholders may not be able to re-sell the shares of our common stock that they have purchased and they may lose all of their investment. Public announcements regarding our company, changes in government regulations, conditions in our market segment and changes in earnings estimates by analysts may cause the price of our common shares to fluctuate substantially. In addition, the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board is not an exchange and, because trading of securities on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board is often more sporadic than the trading of securities listed on an exchange, you may have difficulty reselling any of the shares you purchase from our shareholders.

Investors’ interests in our company will be diluted and investors may suffer dilution in their net book value per share if we issue additional shares or raise funds through the sale of equity securities.

Our constating documents currently authorize the issuance of 400,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 and 100,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.001. If we are required to issue any additional shares or enter into private placements to raise financing through the sale of equity securities, investors’ interests in our company will be diluted and investors may suffer dilution in their net book value per share depending on the price at which such securities are sold. If we issue any such additional shares, such issuances also will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all other shareholders. Further, any such issuance may result in a change in our control.

Penny stock rules will limit the ability of our shareholders to sell their stock.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be any equity security that has a market price (as defined) less than $5.00 per share or an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Our securities are covered by the penny stock rules, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell to persons other than established customers and “accredited investors”. The term “accredited investor” refers generally to institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 jointly with

20


their spouse. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document in a form prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission which provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market. The broker-dealer also must provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction and monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account. The bid and offer quotations, and the broker-dealer and salesperson compensation information, must be given to the customer orally or in writing prior to effecting the transaction and must be given to the customer in writing before or with the customer’s confirmation. In addition, the penny stock rules require that prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from these rules, the broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in the secondary market for the stock that is subject to these penny stock rules. Consequently, these penny stock rules may affect the ability of broker-dealers to trade our securities. We believe that the penny stock rules discourage investor interest in and limit the marketability of our common stock.

The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, has adopted sales practice requirements which may also limit a shareholder's ability to buy and sell our stock.

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that speculative low priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our stock and have an adverse effect on the market for its shares.

We do not intend to pay dividends on any investment in the shares of stock of our company.

We have never paid any cash dividends and currently do not intend to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. To the extent that we require additional funding currently not provided for in our financing plan, our funding sources may prohibit the payment of a dividend. Because we do not intend to declare dividends, any gain on an investment in our company will need to come through an increase in the stock’s price. This may never happen and investors may lose all of their investment in our company.

ITEM 4 Information on the Company

A. History and Development

Name

Our legal and commercial name is “Qwick Media Inc.”. We are governed by the corporate laws of the Cayman Islands. Our company is currently a reporting issuer in the Province of British Columbia, Canada.

Principal Office

Our principal executive offices are located at Suite 780 – 333 Seymour Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6B 5A6. Our telephone number at this address is (778) 370-1715 and our fax number is (778) 370-1720. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-9007.

Investor inquiries should be directed to us at the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices set forth above. Our website address is http://www.qwickmedia.com. The information contained on our website is not part of this Form 20-F.

21


Corporate Information and Important Events

We were incorporated on October 5, 2000 under the laws of the state of Nevada. Effective June 26, 2006, we re-domiciled from the State of Nevada to the State of Washington. Effective July 7, 2009, we re-domiciled from the State of Washington to the State of Wyoming for the sole purpose of effecting a continuance to the Cayman Islands. Effective July 28, 2009, we were issued a certificate of registration by way of continuation by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands. As a result of this transaction, we re-domiciled to the Cayman Islands and became a foreign private issuer.

On October 6, 2009 we received approval from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority for the change in our name from “Tuscany Minerals, Ltd.” to “Tuscany Minerals Ltd.” and the re-domiciling of our company from the State of Wyoming to the Cayman Islands. Effective at the open of trading on October 6, 2009, our new quotation symbol on the OTC Bulletin Board became “TUSMF”.

On June 22, 2010, we changed our name to “Qwick Media Inc.” with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands and, on July 15, 2010, we received approval from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) for that name change. The name change was approved by the shareholders of the Company at its annual and special meeting held on June 18, 2010. Our trading symbol remains “TUSMF.OB”.

Ceasing to be a Shell Company

On January 28, 2011 we completed the acquisition of Qeyos, pursuant to which we acquired all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Qeyos from its shareholders in exchange for the issuance of a total of 4,789,035 shares of our common stock on the basis of one share of our common stock for each share of Qeyos. We issued all of such shares to five Qeyos shareholders who are non-U.S. persons (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) in an offshore transaction relying on Regulation S and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. As a result of the acquisition of the Qeyos shares, we ceased to be a shell company and are now in the business of developing interactive proprietary software, know-how and hardware.

On the same day, we completed a private placement of 10,000,000 common shares at a price of $0.20 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $2,000,000. We issued these shares to a total of 98 persons, all of whom are non-U.S. persons (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) in an offshore transaction relying on Regulation S and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We intend to use the net proceeds from this private placement to fund further capital fund raising and for other general corporate purposes, which may include strategic acquisitions of businesses that could complement our existing capabilities and businesses.

On the same day, we completed the issuance of 637,140 common shares at a deemed price of $0.20 per share in settlement of US$127,428 debt outstanding. We issued these shares to one person, who is a non-U.S. persons (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) in an offshore transaction relying on Regulation S and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Capital Expenditures

During the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, we did not undertake any capital expenditures. Our planned capital expenditures for the next twelve months are summarized below under the heading “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Anticipated Cash Requirements”.

Takeover offers

We are not aware of any indication of any public takeover offers by third parties in respect of our common shares during our last or current financial years.

22



B. Business Overview

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we incurred net losses of $226,924, $104,412, and $74,191 respectively. We did not generate any revenues during such periods.

Overview

We develop interactive proprietary software, know-how and hardware. QwickView™ touch screen software is built in C# programming language on a Windows® multi-touch platform. Technically, there are no creative boundaries, such as limits imposed by third party software applications, intellectual bottle-neck, platform stability and external technical support. The software design process is standardized and documented so new employees can be readily integrated. The software development architecture team in Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada provides technical and creative guidance for coders in Wuxi and Beijing, China. It is the equivalent of artists working with engineers. Due to time differences our company programs in a 24/7 environment. This strategy leverages production outsourcing and high execution speed. QwickView™ hardware is the physical product that acts as a point of service terminal for end users. The hardware consists of a skeleton platform, chassis (outside enclosure) and integrated PC equipment and peripherals. Hardware manufacturing and development is managed from Shenzhen, China, thirty minutes west of Hong Kong.

Our software and hardware is used in the digital out-of-home media (“DOOH”) advertising industry. Therefore, our principal business is to provide our clients with advertising opportunities through self-service interactive digital kiosks, interactive window displays, interactive transit displays and other interactive out-of-home advertising displays, such as digital wallscapes, spectaculars and mall displays, that we own or operate in North American advertising markets and in China. Our business in China is conducted via an agreement with Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd., which is an indirect 90% corporate subsidiary and affiliate of R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd., a company owned by our Chief Executive Officer Ross James Tocher.

We go well beyond combining advertising content with non-advertising content, such as news, weather, sports and comedy clips, in our digital TV screen programs. Our interactive hardware is sleekly designed to enhance any public environment and is configured to suit any marketing communications need. QM's touch-screen interactive kiosks support mobile apps and iPhone/smart phone integration, while enabling shoppers to access relevant information and self-service their needs through interactive directories, wayfinding, coupons and other instant, on-demand media. Marketers are learning to project their brand channels beyond their Web pages. Brand awareness strategies are extending from the home through to the point of sale using digital signage. The emerging trend in advertising is to deliver specialized broadcast interactive television (“Micro-broadcast”) networks and new age advertising content management services to marketing clientele and their consumers. Essentially, we plan to be a complete digital signage company that builds state-of-the-art interactive kiosks and point-of-sale (“POS”) systems, and provides advertising content and Micro-broadcast solutions for private channel digital marketing into high traffic, public spaces; thus, empowering advertisers to target and engage audiences where and when they shop and socialize.

We believe this makes target audiences more receptive to the advertisements to be included in our programs and ultimately makes our programs more effective for Micro-broadcast sponsors and their advertising clients. We intend to derive revenues principally by selling advertising time slots on our Micro-broadcast network, deployed in approximately 80 locations across Canada that we intend to expand to at least 100 locations across Canada, to advertising clients such as Yokohama Tire (Canada) Inc. and direct third party advertisers and advertising agencies.

DOOH advertising in North America and China has experienced significant growth in recent years. By focusing on interactive advertising, we enable our advertising clients to better target consumers, who we believe are an attractive demographic for advertisers due to their higher-than-average disposable income. We strategically place our interactive kiosks and interactive digital TV screens in high-traffic locations of trade show exhibitions, shopping malls, and in stores of large chain retailers, particularly in areas where there tends to be significant waiting time.

We combine advertising content with non-advertising content, such as news, weather, sports and comedy clips, in our interactive digital TV screen programs. We believe this makes consumers more receptive to the advertisements included in our programs and ultimately makes our programs more effective for our advertising clients. Our standard

23


programs include, for each advertiser, six 15-second spots of advertising content during each hour of programming and are shown for approximately 10 hours per day.

We plan to derive revenues principally by selling advertising time slots on our network to our advertising clients, including both direct advertisers and advertising agencies.

Industry Background

The media and advertising industries have become fragmented in the first decade of the new millennium. Traditional TV, radio and print advertisers have dispersed into the Internet digital spectrum that targets audiences through contextual marketing. The promoters are refining their target market exposure and utilizing measurable means for gauging the success of their campaigns. Many retailers and brands are specializing in search engine optimization, online stores, social network marketing for reaching their online audience and using direct sales channels to generate profits in a hyper competitive marketplace.

Traditional media and advertising are referred to as analog methods because they require physical means. Digital advertising has significantly increased delivery speed and reduced cost of production.

The emerging marketing branches involve DOOH, mobile marketing and interactive marketing. The growth of these marketing segments is rooted in a rapidly growing technological framework and new means of reaching target audiences. Key to our strategic planning is keeping a global perspective on a dynamic and evolving market. Our market is a growth industry as more of us are finding, viewing, and using digital signage more frequently in our daily lives. Recognizing this, companies, organizations, and institutions worldwide are stepping up deployments of digital signage in all its uses and forms. The versatility of interactive kiosks and Micro-broadcasting – as effective, targeted communications hubs – further appeals to this growing demand. This opens several avenues of opportunity for our company. Among them are:

  • Shopping malls

  • Retail

  • Transportation

  • Hospitality and convention

  • Healthcare

  • Corporate

  • Financial

  • Government

Interactive Advertising.

We believe interactive advertising in North America and China has the following key characteristics:

  • Attractive target demographics . We believe the average consumer in North America and China presents an attractive audience group for advertisers who aim to reach consumers with higher-than-average disposable income to promote their products or services.

  • Effective audience reach . We believe the usage periods in time spent at an interactive kiosk or viewing interactive digital TV enables consumers to obtain the information they desire in real time and allows interactive advertising to engage consumers for extended periods of time, which may in turn increase the effectiveness of the advertisements.

  • Increasing acceptance . The primary objective is to accomplish consumer engagement through provision of value, entertainment, convenience and communications. Through usability, the system adapts to the geographical target market and creates a virtual real estate for advertisers. We believe interactive digital

24


media networks have been increasingly accepted by the three major groups in the advertising industry: trade show exhibitors and large chain retailers, consumers and advertisers. Interactive digital media networks empower consumers to obtain information they desire or otherwise provide an outlet to fill idle time, which may help to enhance the overall consumer experience and add value to the interactive services or products provided by Micro-broadcast network sponsors and advertisers. We believe advertisers have increasingly chosen interactive advertising due to its high receptivity among consumers and ability to reach favorable and exact demographics.

Our Strengths

Our digital platform allows people to comparison shop on a mass scale, thus creating a consumer paradigm shift on “what the product is worth” rather than “how much it costs”. This is analogous to free market bargaining, negotiation and dynamic perception of value. The digital marketplace has eroded retail systems into a bazaar marketplace: "Wholesale or no sale" mentality. To exploit opportunities, we look to valid data and analysis along with other important market clues to conditions, momentum, and trends. Reported figures are read in context with expert opinion, forecasts, and strategic insight from those inside advertising and digital signage, and from credible industry analysts. We look for patterns, corroborate facts, and apply our own knowledge, experience and collective wisdom. "Being at the right place, at the right time" is critical. The compounding trends of technology, social, environmental and economic factors present a unique timing opportunity for deployment of Micro-broadcasting systems.

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

  • we are positioned to provide a unique interactive digital media network in North America and China dedicated to advertising with broad geographic network coverage, and to provide our advertising clients with the ability to reach a national audience through dedicated Micro-broadcast advertising network;

  • our interactive digital media network provides a significant value proposition to Micro-broadcast clientele by offering programs that may enhance the consumer or end user experience, and by providing Micro- broadcast clientele with incremental revenue opportunities, an effective means of managing their consumer’s experience through a cost-effective media service;

  • our interactive digital media network provides a significant value proposition to advertisers by offering them extensive viewer reach, social marketing analytics, cost-effective advertising, scheduling flexibility and quality client service;

  • we have hired personnel with extensive experience in combining interactive advertising content with non- advertising content to make our Micro-broadcast programs more attractive to consumers and ultimately more effective for their Micro-broadcast sponsors and advertisers;

  • we have a highly recognizable brand name in the DOOH sector and are developing strong relationships with potential advertisers; and

  • we have a strong management team with extensive related industry experience.

Presented below is a summary of key findings of our market research in four parts: Market Values, Consumer Engagement and Impacts, Corporate Interest and Investment, and Trends.

Together, they reveal a dynamic digital communications and advertising industry that continues to outpace other sectors with remarkable growth.

Market Values

Digital signage is a multi-billion dollar industry today. Right now, across North America alone, and via approximately 200 networks, there are well over 1.1 million distinct advertising spots playing on place-based

25


screens and kiosks. Sector growth is measured in double digits and deployment, advertising rate cards, and advertising revenues all are pointing up. For a total value estimate in Qwick Media's context as a full-spectrum digital signage provider, we look to data from the hardware and software side, as well as to revenue reports from the advertising sector and advertiser expenditures. Data gives us a measure of the value of the industry today, and how it is expected to grow.

Key Findings:

  • 1,080,000 + : Conservatively estimated number of unique ad spots playing every day on digital out of home displays across US alone (State of Digital Signage Today).

  • $3.9 billion: Current market estimate of the total value of the digital signage market, based on revenues of manufacturers of individual components that comprise the systems – primarily displays, media players, set top boxes, computers, networks and software (J Fox IMS DST).

  • 20% annual growth: On target forecast of revenues commencing 2009 to 2013. Driving out-performance: new installations and replacement of static displays in retail and transport (J Fox IMS DST).

  • + 25% : Revenue Growth rate for the digital place-based advertising sector for the first half of 2010 (M K Arase, DPAA).

  • $3.7 billion: Amount DOOH advertising revenues are forecast to grow to by 2013, up from 2.2 billion in 2009 – a 13.5% compound annual growth rate (BIA/Kelsey).

  • $1.4 billion: Advertising dollars dedicated to digital out-of-home advertising in 2008, growing 9% annually (State of Digital Signage Today).

  • $1 billion + : Estimated digital place-based ad revenue today (M K Arase, DPAA).

  • $740 billion: Total transaction value conducted at self-service interactive retail signage/POS/kiosks in 2009 – set to be surpassed in 2010. North American consumers are continuing to embrace self-service technology (Stein, Buzzback, Digital Signage Today).

Increasingly Important Role of Out-of-Home Advertising

DOOH advertising accounts for a larger percentage of total advertising spending in China compared to Europe, the United States and other countries in Asia. Out-of-home advertising has seen rapid development and growth in China in recent years. This form of advertising, which includes billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays such as airport digital TV screens, digital TV screens on airplanes and vehicle wrap display advertising, allows advertisers to effectively target increasingly mobile and urbanized target audiences in a flexible and cost-effective way. We believe that advertisers increasingly choose alternative media over traditional media such as television, radio broadcast and print media given the more limited geographic reach of China’s and North America’s traditional media outlets.

Consumer Engagement and Impacts - Significant Value Proposition.

We believe our services provide the following significant benefits to our network Micro-broadcast network sponsors and advertisers:

  • Enhanced Consumer Experience. The content provided in our interactive digital media network provides consumers with an entertaining means to pass time while obtaining relevant information they desire in real time. Our ads engage users by stimulating their curiosity and driving their fingertips onto our touch screen that in turn logs measurable data for evaluating the effectiveness of content engagement. It is a measurable traffic virtual real estate. Besides reward marketing principles, another powerful driver is pleasure through entertainment. Celebrities and their lifestyles are a public commodity. Popular culture news industry

26


    conditions users into repetitive consumption through familiarity. Entertainment news is an important engagement mechanism. We believe our digital media network enhances the consumer experience and adds value to the interactive services or products provided by our Micro-broadcast network.
  • Incremental Revenue Opportunity. Under our cooperative services contracts, we offer Micro-broadcast sponsors a share in revenue as a means of cost recovery in exchange for the concession rights to play our programs in their venues. Through these contractual arrangements, individual Micro-broadcast sponsors can deploy a nationwide interactive digital media network to provide high-quality media content to their consumers and their affiliated marketing clientele, who desire to convey their own advertising message to such consumers, under cooperative marketing programs

  • Effective Means of Managing Consumer Traffic . Some Micro-broadcast sponsors and advertisers also utilize non-advertising time of our network to provide other information to consumers. The ability to provide timely information to consumers allows our interactive digital media network to aid in the management of consumer traffic. The media broadcasting industry is driven by advertising dollars through ad placement in TV, radio, newsprint and Internet mediums. The reason for explosive Internet growth is the non-interruptive mechanism for delivering user driven on-demand content with targeted ads. Traditional media does not provide this instant freedom of interactivity and thus has appeared to experience loss of audience to alternative interactive digital mediums that converges content consumption through a digital format.

  • Cost-Effective Media Service . The large scale of our planned network allows us to provide our network sponsors with a wide range of digital media programs on a cost-effective basis which may otherwise be costly and time consuming for each sponsor to procure individually.

Significant Value Proposition to Advertising Clients.

We operate an interactive digital media network that:

  • Offers Extensive Viewer Reach. We strategically place our displays in high-traffic locations. This allows our interactive displays and programs to target consumers at multiple points during their shopping experience, from: “…do you have this?” to “…where can I find it?”.

  • Offers Real Analytics. The raw user data compiled by our technology at shopping malls, transit stations, automotive dealerships and other specific locations can be analyzed to measure peak usage, seasonality trends, popular content, user feedback and any other statistical interpretation designed to measure interests and usability.

  • Provides Cost-effective Advertising. Our network targets audiences with demographic profiles desirable to advertisers and allows advertisers to reach consumers in a more cost-effective way compared to traditional media. We believe the cost of reaching the same number of consumers with higher-than-average disposable income is significantly lower on our network than advertising through other more traditional media such as television, billboards or newspapers.

  • Provides Flexibility for Advertisers. We generally update our programs on a daily and weekly basis, respectively. This gives advertisers scheduling flexibility by allowing them to change their advertising campaigns on short notice and run them for shorter time periods than other media, such as billboards.

  • Offers Quality Client Service. Our program production team consists of both advertising and television production professionals who are skilled in designing effective programming for our advertising clients based on the viewing preferences of consumers. We have also built a sales team experienced in presenting the value of our interactive digital media network and providing suitable advertising services to our potential clients, and we have established national operational synergies, all of which have enabled us to operate and further develop our interactive digital media network. We have also commissioned a third party

27


to provide advertising research and analysis reports to our clients on a regular basis to help our advertising clients better understand the advertising market and various advertising media available to them.

Extensive Experience in Managing Content.

As an early-mover in interactive out of home digital media content, we have accumulated extensive experience in designing, identifying, acquiring and compiling content that is attractive to viewers and advertisers. Our experience and our monitoring of the viewing preferences of consumers helps us to create and update programs with an optimal blend of advertising and non-advertising content for this market. Managing content allows us to improve both the effectiveness of the advertisements in our programs and the attractiveness of our network to our advertising clients.

How many of us are encountering the various digital video displays and interactive media in our daily lives? How does the public feel about interacting with public digital technology when at business, leisure, or when shopping? To what extent does this new breed of marketing tool influence purchase decisions? Does having a digital signage and shopper-focused marketing strategy make a difference for retailers?

Consumers, shoppers, indeed, all of us – feel much the same way about place-based media as we do about all digital media and devices: give us a seamless interface, interactivity, brilliant graphics, relevant information, self-serve functionality – even entertainment now and then – and there we are, engaged, finding our way, searching products, connecting, communicating, compelled and buying.

This receptiveness creates demand that is only encouraged by on-going technological innovation to satisfy a seemingly limitless appetite for connectedness and convenience. The more tools are advanced, the greater the level of engagement.

For marketers, advertisers, and content sponsors, it is the most valuable tool in the box. Companies with digital signage strategies enjoy stronger customer relationships and build brand equity, while gaining valuable shopper metrics to create efficiencies and tailor the customer experience. It all adds up to higher return on investment for advertising.

Our partners have the opportunity to sponsor specific content delivery in targeted locations. The information displayed on QwickViews™ displays is current and it delivers instant news bits on community, regional and world events. These are usually provided as content modules and they can be enabled or disabled based on partner preferences.

Key Findings:

Engagement :

  • 76% : Percentage of adult US residents who report viewing/using Digital out of home video displays and media in multiple venues, each month (Arbitron Out-of-Home).

  • 72% : Percentage of Canadian adults seeing digital displays. Indoor place-based advertising had strongest recall at 63% (OMAC Mediaplanet Nat. Post).

  • 62% : Overall percentage of consumers who are well receptive of digital display screen ads and infotainment (Nielsen survey).

  • 53% : Percentage of American adults reached each month by video displays in retail locations alone (Arbitron Out-of-Home).

  • 88% : Percentage of U.S. consumers more likely to choose a company that gives them the ability to interact via online, with mobile, or self-service technologies (Buzzback Digital Signage Today).

28


  • 71% : Percentage of shoppers who describe digital signage as 'Attention grabbing' (OMAC Mediaplanet Nat. Post).

    Impact:

  • + 28% : Increase in health and beauty departmental sales with integrated digital signage and POS strategy – other departments : over the counter + 23%, food + 13%, electronics + 7% (GMA/Deloitte Walmart).

  • + 18% : Sales lift of seasonal push items – other product types : mature item + 7%, item launch + 9%, , rollback items (discounts) + 6% (GMA/Deloitte Walmart).

  • + 13 % : Increase in customer advocacy/loyalty achieved by companies using digital signage – compared to an industry average of just 2% using only conventional media (Gladstone Aberdeen Marketwire).

  • + 33% : Sales increase of four out of five product brands playing on digital signage media platforms (Nielsen survey).

  • + 31% : Increase in awareness and recall rates of Display screen advertising at POS when prompted – 14% unprompted (Nielsen survey).

  • +15% : Brand awareness jump enjoyed by companies using digital signage strategies (Digital: A Path Marketwire).

  • Expectations: What are changing among target audiences. Organizations are countering declining effects of traditional marketing by turning to digital signage (Gladstone Aberdeen Marketwire).

  • The Nielsen study makes one thing perfectly clear: DOOH media have a direct effect on brand awareness and consumer buying patterns, directly boosting sales.
    Dirk Hülserman, OVAB Europe (digitalsignageexpo).

Corporate Interest and Investment

Are corporate leaders, decision makers and planners embracing digital signage conduits as the next wave of targeted shopper-centric marketing solutions?

Getting a read on the intentions of executive decision makers can be a challenge. Understandably, they can be somewhat cagey about revealing even general information about marketing strategy, lest the competition gain an advantage.

Questions of digital signage, interactive displays and supporting technology, however, are met with enthusiasm –particularly over the last several months. This suggests that, across sectors, digital systems and the media strategies they support are advancing into marketing plans and onto blueprints. Interactive digital signage is top-of-mind for retailers of every size and shape.

Looking for attitudes and intentions, we find recognition among business that digital signage and interactive media is critical to 21st century marketing strategy. Capital investment to expand these strategies will take this emerging sector into high gear.

Key Findings:

  • Impact: What advertisers understand about digital signage and why they are justifying increasingly greater investments (Hall Danaher Digital Signage Today) .

29


  • 1000 plus: Screen deployment sizes becoming more common – more companies deploying digital signage because it works; a marketing essential within two to three years (State of Digital Porter Digital Signage Today).

  • Market leaders: Are mobilizing shopper marketing efforts – allocating more funds, restructuring organizations, investing in tech and resources, and re-evaluating collaboration with partners and service providers (GMA/Deloitte).

  • 21% and 26%: C.A.G.R growth rates for shopper marketing budgets of manufacturers and retailers respectively – retailers investing in redesign and improving the customer experience (GMA/Deloitte).

  • Insights generation: What retailers are planning to increase dedicated resources to over the next three years (GMA/ Deloitte).

  • Digital at retail media budgets: What more companies are growing – these strategies are becoming a standard component of well-rounded media plans (State of Digital Weidauer Digital Signage Today).

  • Increased investments: What advertisers are justifying, given validated consumer engagement with digital signage over the last two years (Simpson Selfserviceworld).

  • Shopper marketing growth: Why companies will employ better collaboration, insights, targeting tactics, measurements, and tech (GMA/Deloitte).

Industry articles, white papers, studies and expert analysis of market activity and consumer behavior reveals the growing move toward interactive digital signage and private broadcast content and creativities. The most successful companies are seeking out more efficient direct-to-shopper marketing channels that leverage advances in digital network and interactive technology design.

Trends

Forecasting accurately is difficult enough, but when you have a technological environment advancing at an accelerated rate and it can be even more elusive. New developments can be game-changers, quickly rendering old forecasts obsolete. Communications technology has a way of surprising and delighting us.

So we continuously reassess and further develop our products and services, and revise our forecasts to keep on top of an evolving, dynamic market.

Over the next several years, the typical urban environment will see a wholesale transition to digitally interactive kiosks and signage in centers of retail, community, corporate, institutional and governmental activity – virtually all focal points of commerce and community. Consumers and shoppers will not venture far before engaging with an interactive Micro-broadcasting kiosk.

Organizations slow to adopt innovation will follow suit to compete with tech savvy rivals. New locations will be equipped with state-of-the art technology that automates many routine sales functions, while creating an enhanced experience for the shopper. For others, upgrading is cycling through the industry; existing outlets will continue to retool with the latest in interactive technology.

For the industry, increased strategic partnerships and some consolidation moves are expected over the near and medium term.

Research gives us an overview of market trends.

Key Findings:

  • Kiosks: Large screen projects in the works (State of Digital Gerba Digital Signage Today).

  • Mobile devices: Direct interaction with place-based media to continue rapid growth (State of Digital Gerba Digital Signage Today).

  • Venues: Screens at gas stations, on buses, digitized billboards, in-store, bars, restaurants, health clubs, public spaces (BIA/Kelesy).

  • Marketing's ‘holy grail’: Potential digital signage/ interactive kiosks technology establish a cause and effect link between message and results. Expect mass adoption of DS and related tech (State of Digital Abbott Digital Signage Today).

  • Design: What digital signage and media is becoming fundamental to – where screens are positioned and how they support the shopper will become more understood. Planners will start to integrate screens right from design of retail and environmental planning – already used in next generation and concept stores (State of Digital Gorrie Digital Signage Today).

  • Interactive storefront windows: Several chains are leveraging the power of interactive displays to market their products, including Tommy Hilfiger and Nike, shoppers could upload images, even design their own shoe and 'save' it for pick-up. Watch for more of this.

  • Digital signage: Building on the foundations of this technology, the upturn in interactivity will continue. Expect floor screens, gesture enabled technology, and increased interactive capability between the display (kiosk) and cell phone.

  • Self-checkout: Some surveys report that more than 90% of respondents have already used this technology – they appreciate the shorter lines and control of the transaction.

  • Self service: Most consumers now perceive a well-designed self service interface as time saving and a way to access additional services at their convenience (Top 100 Customerexperience).

Market Speak

  • There will be further development of strategic partnerships, helping drive the industry. Innovative tech, forward thinking and dedication will prevail.
    • Pierre Richer, President COO, NEC Display Solutions (Mediaplanet  WSJ)
       
  • We see increased interactivity between DS and POS, brands and retailers want to see the impact in their sales in real time. Many are already doing it – I believe it will become commonplace. Jose Avalos, Intel Corp (Mediaplanet  WSJ)
     
  • Kiosks will come to replace many ATM's and be used by banks more widely due to their mobility, interactive abilities, and because they are cheaper to operate than a branch – the next step is the digital commerce kiosk with video.
    • Raj Dhinsa, Verison Business (Simpson selfserviceworld)
       
  • Just like innovations of the last decade, these (DS innovations) will invigorate and transform our world in ways we cannot yet comprehend.
    • John Gustavson (Mediaplanet Nat. Post)

The weight of informed opinion sees a digital media revolution of public spaces. As far as can be reasonably seen, deployments will increase, in frequency in size and in capability. Abundant data, specific analysis and expert commentary support the premise that the out-of-home digital signage market is set to outperform for years to come. Knowing all that we can of our market allows us to anticipate trends, identify opportunities, and target our creative resources. Our industry-leading systems reflect these efforts that, ultimately, enable clients greater ROI in media marketing solutions. A resilient digital signage market is largely credited with sustaining the advertising sector

31


through the worst of the last economic doldrums. And this powerful new medium is attracting a still greater share of advertising dollars.

Our Strategies

We intend to build separate sales teams to focus on developing the client base for each of these new advertising media platforms while promoting the broader value that the overall network and these platforms collectively provide to our advertising clients. We believe the creation of new advertising media platforms within the interactive advertising sector and our broadened service offerings will provide our advertising clients with more choices in selecting and combining different interactive advertising platforms that best suit their advertising needs and preferences. It will also expand the reach of the advertisements shown on our network and allow us to cross-sell different advertising services. We believe that the strong presence that we have built through our existing network provides us with significant opportunities to launch new platforms and services and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner. Ultimately, we anticipate these efforts will increase the revenue we can generate.

In addition, with consumers’ increasing acceptance of technology-driven advertising and entertainment media, we intend to identify and take advantage of new opportunities in the China and North American advertising market by developing innovative advertising techniques and media. For example, we plan to explore the field of interactive advertising such as a “shop assist center” in large retailer chain venues, which gives consumers the opportunity to learn about and perhaps test new products or services in person.

Our goal is to extend our competitive position as the leading interactive digital media network provider in North America and China and to successfully expand into other areas of the DOOH advertising sector. Accomplishing this goal requires the successful implementation of the following strategies:

  • We plan to broaden our service offerings through new Micro-broadcast advertising media platforms within the DOOH advertising sector, in particular by offering a interactive digital media replacement for traditional light box displays to passive digital frames and establish a Micro-broadcast platform, to broaden consumer reach, enhance the effectiveness of advertisements and provide our Micro-broadcast sponsors and their advertising clients with more choices in selecting and combining different interactive advertising platforms according to their advertising needs and preferences;

  • We plan to grow our leading technology into a market position and revenues by building local sales teams in additional cities to increase our sales of advertising time slots and utilization rate in these cities and increase the number of interactive digital TV screens and other interactive displays in our emerging Micro- broadcast network opportunities;

  • We will continue to secure high quality non-advertising content to make audiences more receptive to advertisements played on our network and ultimately bring greater value to our business in a cost-effective manner;

  • We will continue to promote our brand name and the value of interactive DOOH advertising through proactive sales and marketing efforts to solidify and broaden our customer base and our emerging relationships with large retail chains and content providers; and

  • We plan to pursue strategic relationships and acquisitions that expand our business within the DOOH advertising industry, although we are not currently negotiating any material acquisitions.

Sales and Marketing

We provide a number of services in connection with each client’s advertising campaign. We rely on our experienced sales team to assist advertisers in structuring advertising campaigns by analyzing advertisers’ target audiences and consumer products and services. We conduct market research, consumer surveys, demographic analysis and other advertising industry research for internal use to help our advertisers to create effective advertisements. We actively attend various public relation events to promote our brand image and the value of interactive digital advertising. We

32


also market our advertising services by displaying our name and logo on all of our interactive kiosks and digital TV screens.

We engage third-party agencies to help source advertising clients. Agency fees are calculated based on a pre-set percentage of revenues generated from the clients introduced to us by the agencies.

Increase Our Revenues by Leveraging Our Existing Digital Media Network.

We have the broadest network coverage in China based on the number of Micro-broadcast network sponsors and advertisers covered by our network. We intend to leverage our leading market position to maintain our market leadership, enhance our mass appeal to our advertising clients and increase our fees and revenues. To achieve this goal, we intend to:

  • Build Local Sales Teams in Major Additional Cities and Increase our Sales and Utilization Rate of Advertising Time Slots in these Cities. Currently, we have offices in Vancouver and Burnaby, Canada and in Beijing, Wuxi and Shenzhen China where we maintain our business development and sales network. We plan to build local sales teams in several additional cities associated with key locations of Micro- broadcast sponsors to strengthen our sales efforts in these cities, further develop relationships with local advertisers, increase our direct sales of advertising time slots in these cities and improve our utilization rate, or the percentage of available time slots that we sell to advertisers.

  • Increase the Number of Locations Our Emerging Network. We intend to enter into further cooperative services contracts for concession rights to increase the number of locations that we can place or operate interactive kiosks and interactive digital TV screens or other displays in order to broaden the viewer reach of the advertisements shown on our network and enhance our current position in many of the most desirable locations.

We will continue to evaluate further opportunities in the future to obtain new opportunities that are not currently in our network. This will help to ensure that our network continues to include the most significant venues in North America and in China. While the rates of advertising fees that we charge our advertising clients are not directly tied to the number of locations in our network, we believe that expanding our network will extend our audience reach, make our digital media network more attractive to national advertisers and ultimately lead to higher fee rates and increased revenues.

Continue to Secure High Quality Non-Advertising Content to Enhance the Attractiveness of Our Network.

The heart of the Qwick Media system is the content production system. Content is a consumable commodity and a renewable source of revenue that supports the Micro-broadcasting system. QM has developed a proprietary engine for production, aggregation and distribution of content throughout its broadcasting network. The automated content such as news, time and weather is pulled through the RSS Internet feeds.

As non-advertising content in our media network constitutes a significant attraction for interactive audiences and makes our clients’ advertisements more effective, we will continue to secure high quality non-advertising content from third-party content providers. We will seek to obtain more diversified content from content providers, develop relationships with additional content providers, add exclusivity and automatic renewal clauses into content provision contracts, and improve the quality of editing and programming to enhance the overall attractiveness of our programs. We believe providing high quality non-advertising content in our network is a cost-effective way of making our programs more effective for our advertising clients.

Continue to Promote Our Brand Name and the Value of Interactive Advertising.

We will continue to promote our brand name through proactive sales and marketing efforts. We believe this will allow us to broaden our client base as well as strengthen our relationships with Micro-broadcast sponsors, advertisers and content providers. We also seek to extend our leading market position by taking initiatives to highlight the value of interactive advertising relative to other media. We will continue to utilize research tools that

33


enable our clients to better understand how our network can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns.

In addition, we are working closely with advertisers, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved demographic tracking measurements of interactive advertising. We believe that these measurement systems will further enhance the attractiveness of interactive advertising for both existing clients and new advertisers. We will also continue to promote our network as an attractive means for content providers to showcase their programs. The value we provide to our content providers allows us to limit our content acquisition costs.

Pursue Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions.

We plan to pursue strategic relationships and acquisitions that expand our business within the interactive advertising industry. We plan to identify, execute and integrate acquisitions to build scale and enter into complementary businesses and new media platforms that enhance our interactive advertising network and reach. We plan to evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities that we believe will further enhance our market leadership position while also providing an attractive return on investment. When evaluating potential acquisition targets, we will consider factors such as market position, growth and earnings prospects and ease of integration. We are not currently negotiating any material acquisitions.

Advertising and Related Services.

Whether it is shopping malls, trade show exhibitor listings, car dealership inventory, in-store products, office building tenants or any other aggregate information our universal directory engine allows users to intuitively search, filter, sort, save and share information. The universal customizability of our core operating platform allows for quick and personalized deployments. We intend to generate incremental revenues from the advertising services from the following platforms:

  • Store and Product Directories

  • Maps and Wayfinding

  • Printing Coupons

  • Price Scanning

  • Biometric and RFID Logins

  • Cueing software

  • Tradeshow Software

  • Event Manager

  • Web browser and Email

  • Keyword Search Engine

  • Shop Assist and Gift Ideas

  • Widgets: calculator, weather, news, traffic, time, transportation

  • VOIP communications

Touch screen usage enables our interactive QwickView™ software to serve common audience needs in its geographic placement. Modular applications formats allows for a high degree of customizability. The broadcast content stream is loaded with psychological engagement cues. Provision of monetary value is a powerful motivator. The desire for personal gain is also proliferated by having a communication system built into our system, such as instant email, SMS and VOIP so consumers can easily share the deals and invite more participating audience. Such applications can be monetized through sponsorships, customization and content production. It delivers the power of

34


instant information and communications to the users, but unlike (uncensored) Internet, the location provider can control the provision of content.

QM provides software customization services that can enrich the application by catering to advertising client’s specific needs. This is another source of potential revenue for QM and every customization project allows the ability to resell the app as part of the expansion package. For example, if transit authority wants a live transit scheduling system or if a hospital wants a client check-in module, we can service the deployment by recovering our costs and in exchange for wholesale service we can resell the software application in other markets.

Pricing

The list prices of our advertising services vary by the size of Micro-broadcast network and duration of venue in which the advertisement is placed, the demand of advertising services for each sponsor and advertiser, as well as by the duration of the time slot purchased and the duration of the advertising campaign. Prices for the aggregate time slots on our network to be purchased by each advertiser or advertising agency client are planned to be obtained under sales contracts, perhaps at a discount to our list prices.

Customer Service

Our customer service team is responsible for compiling monitoring reports to clients as evidence that their advertisements are played on our network within one week after launching the advertising campaign. We also provide our advertising clients with weekly reports prepared by third parties, which verify the proper functioning of our displays and the proper dissemination of the advertisement by conducting on-site evaluations and polls to analyze the effectiveness of and public reaction to the advertisement. In addition, our network sponsors and advertisers are also intended to be actively involved in the monitoring process and our analytics back-end reporting systems can provide our clients with reports of proof of performance certifying the playing of the advertisements and relevant consumer engagement.

Competition

We compete primarily with several different groups of competitors:

  • advertising companies that operate advertising networks, such as CBSDecaux, and DOOH short of the interactive sector, such as Focus Media, Captivate, ClearChannel and others;

  • in-house advertising companies of large retail chains that may operate their own advertising networks; and

  • other advertising media companies, such as Internet, street furniture displays, billboard and public transport advertising companies, and with traditional advertising media, such as newspapers, television, magazines and radio, some of which may advertise in the large chain retail locations in which we have exclusive contract rights to operate digital TV screens.

We compete for advertising clients primarily on the basis of network size and coverage, location, price, quality of our programs, the range of services that we offer and our brand recognition. Many of our competitors have a variety of competitive advantages over us, such as larger resources. Many competitors have a longer history than us in the DOOH advertising industry and may have a more extensive network that extends beyond the interactive sector and offers a more diversified portfolio. This may make their network more attractive to advertising clients and less reliant on a particular advertising sector. In addition, we may also face competition from new entrants into the interactive advertising sector in the future.

Employees

We had 30 employees as of January 31, 2011. Generally we enter into standard employment contracts with our officers, managers and other employees. According to these contracts, all of our employees are prohibited from engaging in any other employment during the period of their employment with us. The employment contracts with

35


officers and managers are subject to renewal every three years and the employment contracts with other employees are subject to renewal every year.

In addition, we enter into standard confidentiality agreements with all of our employees including officers and managers that prohibit any employee from disclosing confidential information obtained during their employment with us. Furthermore, the confidentiality agreements include a covenant that prohibits all employees from engaging in any activities that compete with our business within three years after the period of their employment with us.

None of our employees is a member of a labor union and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Intellectual Property

To protect our brand and other intellectual property, we rely on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws as well as confidentiality agreements with our employees, sales agents, contractors and others.

We do not hold any patents or copyrights and cannot be certain that our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate or that third parties will not infringe or misappropriate these rights.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceeding. From time to time, however, we may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business.

Regulation

Advertising regulation comprises laws and rules defining the ways in which products can be advertised in a particular region. Rules can define a wide number of different aspects, such as placement, timing, and content. In the United States, false advertising and health-related ads are regulated the most. Many communities have their own rules, particularly for outdoor advertising.

Self Regulation Practices - Code of Advertising Practices in Digital Media

We are committed to delivering our advertiser's message to the consumer. This role in the arena of public discourse requires both a defense of free speech and sensitivity to contemporary standards and concerns. Qwick Media recognizes the need to balance these demands and therefore adheres to the following code of advertising practices:

  • Establish exclusionary zones which prohibit advertisements of all products illegal for sale to minors that are intended to be read from or within 1000 feet of established places of worship, primary and secondary schools or playgrounds.

  • Continue to assert the right to reject creative content that is misleading, sexually explicit, overly suggestive, or in any way reflects upon the character, integrity, or standing of any organization or individual.

  • Continue our traditional commitment at both the national and local levels to display public service messages for worthy community causes.

  • Encourage diversity of advertised goods and services in all markets.

Advertising Content in General

Advertising laws and regulations set forth certain content requirements for advertisements in North America and China, which include prohibitions on, among other things, misleading content; superlative wording; in China, socially destabilizing content; or content involving obscenities, superstition, violence, discrimination or infringement of the public interest. Advertisements for anesthetic, psychotropic, toxic or radioactive drugs are also

36


prohibited. The dissemination of tobacco advertisements via media is also prohibited as well as the display of tobacco advertisements in any waiting lounge, theatre, cinema, conference hall, stadium or other public area. There are also specific restrictions and requirements regarding advertisements that relate to matters such as patented products or processes, pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals, foodstuff, alcohol and cosmetics. In addition, all advertisements relating to pharmaceuticals, medical instruments, agrochemicals and veterinary pharmaceuticals advertised through radio, film, television, newspaper, magazine, out-of-home and other forms of media, together with any other advertisements which are subject to censorship by administrative authorities according to relevant laws and administrative regulations, and in China must be submitted to the relevant administrative authorities for content approval prior to dissemination. We do not believe that advertisements containing content subject to restriction or censorship comprise a material portion of the advertisements displayed on our Micro-broadcast network.

Particular to Business in China

We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting of the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the National People’s Congress, and several ministries and agencies under its authority including the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”).

China’s Advertising Law was promulgated in 1994. In addition, the State Council, SAIC and other ministries and agencies have issued regulations that regulate our business. The principal regulations governing foreign ownership in the advertising industry in China include the Catalogue for Guiding Foreign Investment in Industry (2004); and the Administrative Regulations on Foreign-invested Advertising Enterprises (2004).

These regulations require foreign entities that directly invest in the advertising industry to have at least three years of direct operations in the advertising industry outside of China. Since December 10, 2005, foreign investors have been permitted to directly own a 100% interest in advertising companies in China, but must also have at least three years of direct operations in the advertising industry outside of China. PRC laws and regulations do not permit the transfer of any approvals, licenses or permits, including business licenses containing a scope of business that permits engaging in the advertising industry. In the event we are permitted to acquire the equity interests of our variable interest entities under the rules allowing for complete foreign ownership, our variable interest entities would continue to hold the required advertising licenses consistent with current regulatory requirements.

Since we have not been involved in advertising outside of China for the required number of years, our planned domestic PRC operating subsidiaries are currently ineligible to apply for the required advertising services licenses in China.

Our planned advertising business is currently mainly provided through our contractual arrangements with our indirect affiliated entities in China, including Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd. We hold a series of contractual arrangements with our PRC operating affiliates and their respective subsidiaries and shareholders under which we are able to exert effective control over our PRC operating affiliates and their respective subsidiaries; a substantial portion of the economic benefits of our PRC operating affiliates and their respective subsidiaries are transferred to us; and we have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in our PRC operating affiliates in each case when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. See “Corporate Structure” and “Related Party Transactions.”

Regulation of Advertising Services in China

The principal regulations governing advertising businesses in China include: the Advertising Law (1994); the Advertising Administrative Regulations (1987); and the Implementing Rules for the Advertising Administrative Regulations (2004). These regulations stipulate that companies that engage in advertising activities must obtain from the SAIC or its local branches a business license which specifically includes within its scope the operation of an advertising business. Companies conducting advertising activities without such a license may be subject to penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising income and orders to cease advertising operations. The business license of an advertising company is valid for the duration of its existence, unless the license is suspended or revoked due to a violation of any relevant law or regulation. We do not expect to encounter any difficulties in

37


maintaining our business licenses. Each of our variable interest entities, such as Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd., has obtained or is in the process of obtaining such a business license from the local branches of the SAIC as required by existing PRC regulations.

Advertisers, advertising operators and advertising distributors are required by PRC advertising laws and regulations to ensure that the content of the advertisements they prepare or distribute are true and in full compliance with applicable law. In providing advertising services, advertising operators and advertising distributors must review the prescribed supporting documents provided by advertisers for advertisements and verify that the content of the advertisements comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations. In addition, prior to distributing advertisements for certain commodities which are subject to government censorship and approval, advertising distributors are obligated to ensure that such censorship has been performed and approval has been obtained. Violation of these regulations may result in penalties, including fines, confiscation of advertising income, orders to cease dissemination of the advertisements and orders to publish an advertisement correcting the misleading information. In circumstances involving serious violations, the SAIC or its local branches may revoke violators’ licenses or permits for advertising business operations. Furthermore, advertisers, advertising operators or advertising distributors may be subject to civil liability if they infringe on the legal rights and interests of third parties in the course of their advertising business.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange in China

Foreign exchange regulation in China is primarily governed by the following rules: the Foreign Currency Administration Rules (1996), as amended, or the Exchange Rules; and the Administration Rules of the Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange (1996), or the Administration Rules.

Under the Exchange Rules, the RMB is convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. Conversion of RMB for capital account items, such as direct investment, loan, security investment and repatriation of investment, however, is still subject to the approval of the SAFE.

Under the Administration Rules, foreign-invested enterprises may only buy, sell and/or remit foreign currencies at those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business after providing valid commercial documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, obtaining approval from the SAFE. Capital investments by foreign-invested enterprises outside of China are also subject to limitations, including approval by the Ministry of Commerce, the SAFE and the State Development and Reform Commission.

Regulations on Dividend Distribution in China

The principal regulations governing dividend distributions of wholly foreign-owned companies include the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law (1986), as amended; and the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law Implementing Rules (1990), as amended. Under these regulations, wholly foreign-owned companies in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards. In addition, these wholly foreign-owned companies are required to set aside at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds, until the accumulative amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. At the discretion of these wholly foreign-owned companies, they may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends.

North American Regulation

Particular to Business in the United States

Over the past decade, federal and state governments have passed advertising laws that protect consumer privacy and ensure fair and truthful advertising practices online. The Federal Trade Commission Act allows the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) to act in the interest of all consumers to prevent deceptive and unfair acts or practices. In interpreting Section 5 of the Act, the Commission has determined that a representation, omission or practice is

38


deceptive if it is likely to mislead consumers and affect consumers' behavior or decisions about the product or service. In addition, an act or practice is unfair if the injury it causes, or is likely to cause, is substantial, not outweighed by other benefits and not reasonably avoidable.

The FTC Act prohibits unfair or deceptive advertising in any medium. That is, advertising must tell the truth and not mislead consumers. A claim can be misleading if relevant information is left out or if the claim implies something that's not true. Sellers are responsible for claims they make about their products and services. Third parties - such as advertising agencies also may be liable for making or disseminating deceptive representations if they participate in the preparation or distribution of the advertising, or know about the deceptive claims. Advertising agencies or website designers are responsible for reviewing the information used to substantiate ad claims. They may not simply rely on an advertiser's assurance that the claims are substantiated. In determining whether an ad agency should be held liable, the FTC looks at the extent of the agency's participation in the preparation of the challenged ad, and whether the agency knew or should have known that the ad included false or deceptive claims.

Billboards are the most common example of commercial speech that can be regulated at the local or state level. Additionally, many of the newer out-of-home advertising methods, such as video displays, are also within a city or state’s jurisdiction.

We currently do not operate any significant outdoor advertising business, but may in the future do so with interactive outdoor window displays. The outdoor advertising industry in the United States is subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state and local levels. These regulations may include, among others, restrictions on the construction, repair, maintenance, lighting, upgrading, height, size, spacing and location of and, in some instances, content of advertising copy being displayed on outdoor advertising structures. In addition, the outdoor advertising industry outside of the United States is subject to certain foreign governmental regulation.

Domestically, in recent years, outdoor advertising has become the subject of targeted state and municipal taxes and fees. These laws may affect prevailing competitive conditions in our markets in a variety of ways. Such laws may reduce our expansion opportunities, or may increase or reduce competitive pressure from other members of the outdoor advertising industry. No assurance can be given that existing or future laws or regulations, and the enforcement thereof, will not materially and adversely affect the outdoor advertising industry. However, we contest laws and regulations that we believe unlawfully restrict our constitutional or other legal rights and may adversely impact the growth of our outdoor advertising business.

Federal law, principally the Highway Beautification Act of 1965 (the “HBA”), regulates outdoor advertising on Federal — Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads. The HBA requires states to “effectively control” outdoor advertising along these roads, and mandates a state compliance program and state standards regarding size, spacing and lighting. The HBA requires any state or political subdivision that compels the removal of a lawful billboard along a Federal — Aid Primary or Interstate highway to pay just compensation to the billboard owner.

All states have passed billboard control statutes and regulations at least as restrictive as the federal requirements, including laws requiring the removal of illegal signs at the owner’s expense (and without compensation from the state). Although we believe that the number of our billboards that may be subject to removal as illegal is immaterial, and no state in which we operate has banned billboards entirely, from time to time governments have required us to remove signs and billboards legally erected in accordance with federal, state and local permit requirements and laws. Municipal and county governments generally also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws and building codes.

Using federal funding for transportation enhancement programs, state governments have purchased and removed billboards for beautification, and may do so again in the future. Under the power of eminent domain, state or municipal governments have laid claim to property and forced the removal of billboards. Under a concept called amortization by which a governmental body asserts that a billboard operator has earned compensation by continued operation over time, local governments have attempted to force removal of legal but nonconforming billboards (i.e., billboards that conformed with applicable zoning regulations when built but which do not conform to current zoning regulations). Although the legality of amortization is questionable, it has been upheld in some instances. Often, municipal and county governments also have sign controls as part of their zoning laws, with some local

39


governments prohibiting construction of new billboards or allowing new construction only to replace existing structures.

We may introduce deployment of digital billboards that display static digital advertising copy from various advertisers that change every 10 to 15 seconds. We have encountered some existing regulations that restrict or prohibit these types of digital displays but it has not yet materially impacted our digital deployment. Since digital billboards have only recently been developed and introduced into the market on a large scale, however, existing regulations that currently do not apply to them by their terms could be revised to impose greater restrictions. These regulations may impose greater restrictions on digital billboards due to alleged concerns over aesthetics or driver safety.

In addition, due to their recent development, relatively few large scale studies have been conducted regarding driver safety issues, if any, related to digital billboards. The U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration is currently conducting a study on whether the presence of digital billboards along roadways is associated with a reduction of driver safety for the public. If the results of this study include adverse findings, it may result in regulations at the federal or state level that impose greater restrictions on digital billboards. For accounting purposes, the Share Exchange was treated as a common control transaction at historical values in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method since the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of our company is also the chief executive officer, director and controlling shareholder of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.

Plan of Operation

Our business model is predicated upon establishing Micro-broadcast networks for large chain retailers and institutions that sponsor their networks by paying for the cost of connectivity and/or paying for or leasing hardware, systems, and customized software development comprising such network. As such we require working capital to fund maintenance of a sufficient amount of inventories of hardware comprising our interactive kiosks and digital screens that are largely produced on a just in time basis, depending on the scope and size of our future Micro-broadcast network deployments. Our practice is to require advance deposits of up to fifty percent (50%) of purchase orders received from Micro-broadcast sponsors.

Additional financing will be required. We have not generated any revenues from our planned operations to date. As of April 30, 2010, we had accumulated $496,225 in losses since inception. We require approximately $2,000,000 per year to maintain operations at their current level, to fund the costs attributed to wages, rents, general and administrative expenses.

C. Organizational Structure

On July 7, 2009, we merged with and into our wholly-owned subsidiary, Tuscany Minerals Ltd., a Wyoming company, with the surviving company being Tuscany Minerals Ltd., the Wyoming company. As a result of this transaction, we re-domiciled from the State of Washington to the State of Wyoming. Our bylaws were amended in accordance with the Wyoming Business Corporation Act. A majority of our shareholders approved the merger at our annual and special meeting held on July 2, 2009.

Upon the completion of the merger of our company with and into our Wyoming subsidiary, we filed an application for continuance with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands on July 28, 2009 and received a certificate of registration by way of continuation from the Registrar, dated July 28, 2009, on July 29, 2009. In accordance with the resolutions of our shareholders at the meeting held on July 2, 2009, a new memorandum of association and articles of association were adopted in substitution of our existing constating documents, effective July 28, 2009, as a result of the issuance of the certificate of registration. As a result of the continuation, our company became a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 3b-4(c) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

On January 28, 2011, we completed the acquisition of Qeyos and, as a result, Qeyos is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company.

The following chart shows our current corporate structure:

40


D. Property, Plant and Equipment

Our principal executive offices are located at Suite 780 – 333 Seymour Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6B 5A6. Our principal operating headquarters are located in Burnaby, British Columbia, where we lease approximately 3,000 square meters of office and warehouse space. Our branch offices lease approximately 908 square meters of office space in three other locations, including Vancouver, British Columbia and Beijing, Shenzhen and Wuxi, China.

ITEM 4A Unresolved Staff Comments

On December 30, 2010, we received a letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission requesting that we file and amendment to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 to include audited statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. We filed this amendment on January 7, 2011, however, we have not yet received confirmation from the Securities and Exchange Commission that they will have no further comments on our Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2009.

ITEM 5 Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The information in this section is presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

A. Operating Results

The following summary should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, which are included in amendment number one to our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2011, and our unaudited interim financial statements for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, which were filed on a Form 6-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 29, 2010.




Nine Months
Ended Sept.
30, 2010
(unaudited)
Nine Months
Ended Sept.
30, 2009
(unaudited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
(audited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
(audited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
(audited)
Expenses          
                   Filing and stock transfer fees $ 838 $ 7,249 $ 8,088 $ 2,801 1,258
                   Interest 17,961 29,309 34,311 31,045 27,743
                   Management fees 41,485 40,796 55,657 15,287 9,000
                   Office and sundry 2,048 3,447 3,968 645 2,388
                   Professional fees 60,241 93,884 106,444 54,634 33,802
                   Loss on debt settlement 
                   foreign exchange
-
18,456
18,456
-
-
Total expenses 122,573 193,141 226,924 104,412 74,191
Net Loss 122,573 193,141 (226,924) (104,412) (74,191)

41


Revenue

We are a development stage company and have not generated any revenues from our business operations since inception. Our company does not currently own any property interests.

Expenses

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009

During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we incurred expenses of $122,573 compared to $193,141 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease in expenses during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was primarily due to a decrease in professional fees from $93,884 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to $60,241 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, an increase in management fees from $40,796 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to $41,485 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a decrease in filing and stock transfer fees from $7,249 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to $838 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010, a decrease in interest from $29,309 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to $17,961 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $226,924 compared to $104,412 for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase in operating expenses of $122,512 was primarily due to increases in filing and stock transfer fees, management fees and loss on debt settlement foreign exchange. Our company also incurred a $51,810 increase in professional fees which consisted mostly of legal fees incurred in connection with our company’s compliance with securities laws.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $104,412 compared to $74,191 for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase in operating expenses of $30,221 was primarily due to increases in filing and stock transfer fees, management fees and professional fees.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our financial position as at September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and the changes for the years then ended are as follows:

Working Capital



As at September
30, 2010
(unaudited)
As at
December 31, 2009
(audited)
As at
December 31, 2008
(audited)
Current Assets $ 1,486 $ 1,433 $ 659
Current Liabilities 419,656 297,030 650,962
Working Capital (Deficiency) $ (418,170) $ (295,597) $ (650,303)

Our working capital deficiency increased from ($295,597) at December 31, 2009 to ($415,453) at September 30, 2010 as a result of a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, an increase in notes and accrued interest and an increase in promissory note and accrued interest payable.

Our working capital deficiency decreased from ($650,303) at December 31, 2008 to ($295,597) at December 31, 2009 as a result of a decrease in operational expenses. Effective January 6, 2009, we issued a $9,188 (CDN$11,246) promissory note to In Touch Digital Media Inc., a wholly-owned company of Ross Tocher, our president and chief executive officer. The promissory note bore 8% interest, was unsecured and was payable on demand. We also issued four additional promissory notes to In Touch Digital Media Inc. on February 18, 2009 in

42


the amount of $23,293 (CDN$28,511), on March 31, 2009 in the amount of $12,558 (CDN$15,371), on May 8, 2009 in the amount of $31,036 (CDN$35,682), and on July 8, 2009 in the amount of $44,812 (CDN$52,206), all on the same terms.

Cash Flows




Nine Months
Ended Sept. 30,
2010
(unaudited)
Nine Months
Ended Sept. 30,
2009
(unaudited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2009
(audited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2008
(audited)
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
(audited)
Net cash used in Operating Activities $ 108,488 $ 144,132 (166,466) $ (56,022) $ (37,955)
Net cash provided in Financing Activities 108,541 152,473 167,240 55,447 38,793
Increase (decrease) in Cash during the Year $ 53 $ 8,341 774 $ (575) $ 838
Cash, Beginning of Year 1,433 659 659 1,234 396
Cash, End of Year $ 1,486 $ 9,000 1,433 $ 659 $ 1,234

Operating activities used cash of $108,480 during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to $144,132 during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to decreased filing and stock transfer fees, interest fees and professional fees.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, our net cash used in operating activities increased due to an increased net loss for the year as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, our net cash from financing activities increased over the prior period ended December 31, 2008 due to funds provided from notes payable that were issued to related parties.

Anticipated Cash Requirements

We anticipate that we will incur the following expenses over the next twelve months:

1.

$100,000 in connection with locating, evaluating and negotiating potential business opportunities;

   
2.

$1,900,000 for operating expenses; and

   
3.

$63,000 for management, advisory and administrative costs payable pursuant to the terms of the consulting agreement with CHM Financial Services Inc.

We require a minimum of approximately $2,000,000 to proceed with our plan of operation over the next twelve months, exclusive of any acquisition or development costs. This amount may also increase if we are required to carry out due diligence investigations in regards to any prospective investment or business opportunity or if the costs of negotiating the applicable transaction are greater than anticipated. We have sufficient working capital to enable us to carry out our stated plan of expanding operation over the next twelve months. In addition, we plan to complete private placement sales of our common stock in order to raise the funds necessary to pursue our plan of operation and to fund our working capital deficit in order to enable us to carry out expansion of our operation. We are currently in negotiation for the completion of a further $500,000 in private placement financings but there is no assurance that we will be successful in completing any private placement financings.

There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available when needed or, if available, on commercially reasonable terms. If we are not able to obtain additional financing on a timely basis, we may not be able to meet our expansion plans.

43


Going Concern

Due to the uncertainty of our ability to meet our current operating and capital expenses, in their report on the annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, our independent auditors included an explanatory paragraph regarding concerns about our ability to continue as a going concern.

There is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as the continuation of our business is dependent upon our company locating and acquiring a business opportunity, and achieving a profitable level of operation. The issuance of additional equity securities by us could result in a significant dilution in the equity interests of our current shareholders. Obtaining commercial loans, assuming those loans would be available, will increase our liabilities and future cash commitments.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses etc.

We do not currently, and did not previously, have research and development policies in place. Over the past three fiscal years, no funds were expended by our company on research and development activities.

D. Trend Information

As we have just implemented a new business plan, we do not currently know of any trends that would be material to our operations.

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors.

F. Contractual Obligations

We do not have any contractual obligations.

ITEM 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

All directors of our company hold office until the next annual meeting of our shareholders and until such director’s successor is elected and has been qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. The following table sets forth the names, positions and ages of our executive officers and directors. Our board of directors elects officers and their terms of office are at the discretion of our board of directors.


Name

Position Held

Age
Date First Elected or
Appointed
Ross J. Tocher
President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director
49
September 10, 2008,
January 28, 2011 (1)
J. Stephen Barley (2) Secretary, Treasurer and Director 54 October 5, 2000
Barb Welsh Director 58 January 28, 2011
Brian Petersen Director 44 January 28, 2011
Kevin R. Kortje Chief Financial Officer 53 January 28, 2011
Gregory G. Dureault
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel
50
January 28, 2011
Alan Husejnagic Vice President of Operations 35 January 28, 2011

44



Steve Owst Vice President of Sales 50 January 28, 2011
Scott Lupien Vice President of Asian Operations 44 January 28, 2011

(1)

Mr. Tocher has served as our president and chief executive officer since September 10, 2008. He has served as a director since January 28, 2011.

   
(2)

Mr. Barley served as our president and chief executive officer from October 5, 2000 until September 10, 2008 when he resigned as president and chief executive officer and Mr. Tocher was appointed to those positions. He served as Chief Financial Officer until January 28, 2011, when Mr. Kortje was appointed to this position.

Ross J. Tocher

Mr. Tocher has held the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer since he was appointed on September 10, 2008. Mr. Tocher has over 30 years of experience managing investment strategies for a variety of family holding companies with interests in different industries. He was one of the founders of British Columbia based Pan-Canadian Mortgage Group Inc., specializing in commercial mortgage investment, and a co-founder of British Columbia based Gateway Casinos Ltd. Mr. Tocher was a trustee of the Gateway Casino Income Fund, Gateway Trust and director of Gateway G.P. Prior to January 2001, he was the President of Marsonn Packaging Ltd., a company specializing in the repackaging of foods. He co-founded Brew King Ltd., a British Columbia company, and manufacturer of commercial and consumer wine-making concentrates that achieved worldwide sales as the largest non-commercial wine producer in North America before being sold, in 1997, to Andres Wines Ltd. Previously, Mr. Tocher was also a senior executive with the Tocher family business. Since 1998, he has gained experience as a director of several private equity companies, including British Columbia based Trian Equities Ltd., and he has been the President of Knight Ventures, Ltd., an investment company.

J. Stephen Barley

Mr. Barley has held the positions of Secretary, Treasurer and director of our company since October 5, 2000 and resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer on September 10, 2008 and as Chief Financial Officer on January 28, 2011. Mr. Barley received his Bachelor of Commerce degree from the Mount Allison University in New Brunswick, Canada in 1979. He received his law degree from Dalhousie University in Nova Scotia, Canada in 1982. Mr. Barley became a member of the Alberta bar in July 1983 and a member of the British Columbia bar in 1984. In British Columbia, Mr. Barley practiced as a lawyer with Casey & O’Neill and successor firms from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Barley practiced as a lawyer with J. Stephen Barley Personal Law Corporation from 1992 to 1997. Mr. Barley specialized in the areas of corporate and securities law during the time of his private practice as a lawyer with Casey & O’Neill and J. Stephen Barley Personal Law Corporation. Mr. Barley’s clients included a number of publicly traded companies involved in the technology sector. Mr. Barley has been involved as a corporate finance consultant and as a director and investor in several private and public business ventures since 1997. Mr. Barley is a member in good standing of the Law Society of British Columbia and the Law Society of Alberta.

Until March 2006, Mr. Barley was a director of Cervus Financial Group Inc., a company that was listed on the TSX Venture Exchange (the “TSXV”). In May 2005, Mr. Barley became a director of OMC Capital Corp., a capital pool company listed on the TSXV. In June 2007, OMC Capital Corp. amalgamated with ReMac Zinc Corp. and assumed the name ReMac Zinc Corp. Mr. Barley remains a director and officer of ReMac Zinc Corp. which is listed on the TSXV. On March 20, 2006, Mr. Barley became a director of Calypso Acquisition Corp., a company also listed on the TSXV. Calypso Acquisition Corp. subsequently changed its name to Calypso Uranium Corp. and Mr. Barley is currently president and chief executive officer of that company. In July 2006, Mr. Barley became an officer and director of Ontario Hose Specialties Inc., which subsequently changed its name to Bordeaux Energy Inc. and then subsequently changed its name to Enterprise Energy Resources Ltd. and is listed on the TSXV. Mr. Barley resigned as an officer but remains a director of this company. In August 2006, Mr. Barley became an officer and director of Centillion Industries Inc., a company listed on the NEX, which subsequently changed its name to Palo Duro Energy Inc. and is now listed on the TSXV. Mr. Barley has resigned as an officer of Palo Duro Energy Inc. but remains as a director. In September 2006, Mr. Barley became a director of Waymar Resources Ltd., a company listed on the TSXV and subsequently became an officer of that company. Mr. Barley has subsequently resigned as an officer and director. Also in September 2006, Mr. Barley became a director of Arrabbiata Capital Corp., which subsequently changed its name to Olivut Resources Ltd. and is listed on the TSXV. Mr. Barley resigned as a director of Olivut

45


Resources Ltd. in January 2008. Mr. Barley became a director of Cap-Link Ventures Ltd. (now, Petrodorado Energy Ltd.), a TSXV listed company, in June 2007 and subsequently became an officer of that company. Mr. Barley subsequently resigned as an officer and a director. Mr. Barley became a director of Thor Explorations Ltd. (NPL) in July 2007 which is listed on the TSXV and is currently a director and the president of this company. Mr. Barley became a director of Redhawk Resources Inc., a TSXV listed company, in July 2007 and became Managing Director on October 1, 2008. Mr. Barley is also a director of ICN Resources Ltd. which company is listed on the TSXV. Mr. Barley is the President of CHM Financial Services Inc. and a partner in WestPoint Merchant Ventures Inc., both of which are private corporate finance services companies.

Barb Welsh

Ms. Welsh is the President and founder of Welsh Sales Solutions Ltd., which she founded in 2002. Ms. Welsh has a marketing background and was successful radio sales person in Canada for over 25 years. From 1971-78 she rose to the top as Senior Account Manager at The Pattison Group, and from 1978-87 as Senior Account Manager at The Rogers Group. Ms. Welsh achieved top sales person at Western International Communications Ltd. (WIC) (now Corus Entertainment Inc.) during 1987-2002 where she sold advertising for CKNW, CFMI (Rock101), CFOX, and CKLG along with selling the play by play for the Vancouver Canucks, BC Lions, and the Vancouver Grizzlies. After selling traditional media for her entire career Ms. Welsh decided to venture into new media and founded Welsh Sales Solutions Ltd., which focuses on new media and the out-of-home video industry. Welsh Sales Solutions Ltd. has become a leader in its emerging industry and the company’s main focus is to provide revenue for video screens and has had exclusive contracts for many of the most successful out-of-home video networks in Canada and the US.

Brian Petersen

Brian spent 16 years with RBC Capital Markets in Toronto, Calgary and Houston where he was involved in all facets of the financing industry gaining significant experience in initial public offerings, public and private equity, public and private debt, trust unit financings and merger & acquisition transactions. Brian has advised on over $20 billion of M&A assignments and nearly $20 billion of equity and fixed income financings, including over $6 billion of income trust IPOs in Canada and the US.

Brian joined RBC Capital Markets in 1989 after completing a Bachelor of Commerce in Finance at the University of British Columbia. Brian Petersen was responsible for the Income Trust Group which works with all industry groups in the origination and execution of equity and merger and acquisitions (M&A) mandates in the Income Trust and Royalty Trust sector. The group also provided coverage support for accounts in the income trust sector. Clients included Pengrowth Energy Trust, Bell Nordiq Income Fund, Keyspan Facilities Income Fund and NAL Oil and Gas Trust. Brian is a member of RBC Capital Markets' New Names Committee. Brian has had extensive experience in investment banking with RBC Capital Markets in Calgary from 1991 to 1999 and in Houston from 1999 to 2002. He has provided advice to corporations in Canada and the U.S. regarding M&A assignments, debt and equity financing, including an integral role in the Income Trust sector where he has been involved in over $11 billion of equity offerings since 1993. He has been active in the structuring and marketing of many IPO's in the sector. Between 2005 and 2010 Brian Petersen provided his investment banking expertise to Toronto’s Sprott Securities Inc. and he founded and sold to Versant Partners Inc. his interests in a Calgary-based boutique banking firm Petersen Capital Corp.

At the beginning of 2011, Brian is the recently announced Managing Director - Head of Energy for the investment banking team at Toronto based Stonecap Securities Inc. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research. He is also a board member of the Canadian Association of Income Funds (CAIF).

Kevin Kortje

Mr. Kortje was appointed as our chief financial officer on January 28, 2011. Mr. Kortje is a Chartered Accountant with over 25 years accounting, taxation and software development experience. As an entrepreneur, he has been involved in the development of many unique software applications in sports, gaming, lotteries, accounting, payroll,

46


stock market analysis, securities portfolio management, financial services and enterprise management. He has extensive experience with electronic payment processing technologies, and has recently been successful in pioneering the launch of a payroll cash card program as an alternative to paper cheque payments for employees of businesses in the temporary labor industry. Since 2002, Mr. Kortje has been the President and founder of Middle Earth Technologies Ltd.

Gregory G. Dureault

Mr. Dureault holds Bachelor’s Degrees in Economics and Law from the University of Saskatchewan earned in 1984 and has been a Member of the law Society of British Columbia since June 14, 1985. Mr. Dureault has experience as an international corporate and North American securities lawyer. In addition to his legal experience, Mr. Dureault was founder and president of IBC Investments Limited from 1995 to 2001 with former Canadian federal finance Minister the Honorable Mr. Otto Jelinek, who was a co-director of IBC Investments Limited between 1995 and 2000 based out of Prague, Czech Republic. IBC was involved in the business of acquiring and licensing certain U.S. Patents, each entitled "Methods and Apparatus For Playing Bingo Over A Wide Geographic Area" and registered in the U.S. including No. 5,351,970 issued October 24, 1994, No. 5,569,083 issued October 29, 1996, and No. 5,857,911 issued January 12, 1999, and developing tracking software and related technology underlying such patented know-how that was offered to the government lottery industry. At IBC Investments, Mr. Dureault gained experience in the deployment of television lottery game show content and pattern recognition lottery technologies, Web content and point of sales delivery programs over closed intranet systems that are similar to those offered by the interactive technologies of the Company.

Alan Husejnagic

Mr. Husejnagic is an accomplished professional in the fields of Broadcasting, Marketing and Management. His primary role with the Company is to implement operational strategies for deployment of interactive Kiosks, portable marketing, content production and media distribution. In 2007-08 Mr. Husejnagic specialized in television production as an executive producer of a weekly sports series on The Score Television Network. From 2001-present, Mr. Husejnagic co-founded a number of successful E-commerce ventures, most notably Vancouver Media Group Inc., an agency for advanced digital marketing applications. Mr. Husejnagic holds BSc. Degrees in Chemistry and Psychology from University of British Columbia (1998). He joined Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as Chief Operating Officer at inception in January 2009.

Steve Owst

Mr. Owst holds a U.K. Royal Air Force Bachelors degree in Aerospace Engineering, and has since become a leader in the creation and support of innovative interactive TV applications for Cable Operators across North America. Mr. Owst has over 25 years experience in the high-technology and telecom sectors. From January 2005 to December 2006 he was employed as a Senior Manager with Telus Corporation, one of Canada's largest telecom companies. From May 2003 to January 2005 he was the Chief Technical Officer (CTO) of Alternet Systems Inc. From January 2000 to May 2003 he was employed as an account manager for Nokia, Canada. He joined Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as Chief Technology Officer at inception in January 2009.

Scott Lupien

Our Vice President of Asian operations in Beijing has been CEO of Companion Sino-net Technology Development (Beijing) Co., Ltd. since 2008 and has eight years of business experience in Asia, six of which are in China. He reads and writes Chinese fluently and brings 15 years of executive leadership to the company. Mr. Lupien has an Economics degree from U.C. Berkeley and spent 14 years running sales and business development for investment information companies in the U.S.A.

Mr. Lupien was a founder of SAM Group International. His background is in security markets, sales of financial services and in real estate development and investing. He moved to Beijing in April 2004 to develop senior housing projects and formed Silver Age International Ltd. in 2005 for this purpose, which has developed one facility in Xiao

47


Tang Shan, Beijing. In addition to forming SAM Group, Mr. Lupien has formed an international trading company, Cazador Internacional Ltd., which specializes in exporting building materials to the States.

Starting as a stock broker for MJT, Inc. in 1991, Mr. Lupien moved into sales of information services for Bridge Information Systems, Inc. He later became VP of West Coast Sales for OptiMark Technologies, Inc., which sold securities trading technology to financial institutions, and VP of Business Development for Risk Management Solutions, Inc., which sold trading and risk management systems to energy trading firms. Since 2000 Mr. Lupien has been an investor and developer of real estate in the western United States. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics from The University of California at Berkeley and speaks Mandarin, Spanish, Korean and English.

Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of the directors or executive officers of our company.

There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the directors and/or executive officers and any other person pursuant to which that director and/or executive officer was selected.

B. Compensation

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth all compensation received during the two years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 by our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of the other most highly compensated executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 in such fiscal year.

    SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE    







Name
and Principal Position








Year







Salary
($)







Bonus
($)






Stock
Awards
($)






Option
Awards
($)





Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)




All
Other
Compensa
tion
($)







Total
($)
J. Stephen Barley
Secretary, Treasurer and
Director (1)(2)

2009
2008

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

55,657 (4)
15,287 (4)

55,657 (4)
15,287 (4)
Ross J. Tocher
President and Chief
Executive Officer and
Director (3)

2009
2008

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil

Nil
Nil
Kevin Kortje
Chief Financial Officer (5)
2009
2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Barb Welsh
Director (6)
2009
2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Brian Petersen
Director (6)
2009
2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Gregory G. Dureault
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel (6)
2009

2008
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
Alan Husejnagic
Vice President of
Operations (6)
2009

2008
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A

48



Steve Owst
Vice President of Sales (6)
2009
2008
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Scott Lupien
Vice President of Asian
Operations (6)
2009

2008
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A

(1)

Mr. Barley was appointed president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, secretary, treasurer and director of our company on October 5, 2000. He resigned as president and chief executive officer on September 10, 2008 and as chief financial officer on January 28, 2011.

   
(2)

Compensation attributable to Mr. Barley is paid pursuant to a management agreement dated December 1, 2000, between our company and CHM Consulting Inc., a company wholly-owned by J. Stephen Barley. This agreement was terminated and superseded by a new consulting agreement dated November 1, 2008 with CHM Financial Services Inc. CHM Consulting Inc. received monthly payments of $750 pursuant to the former agreement and CHM Financial Services Inc. receives $5,019 (CDN$5,250) per month pursuant to the new agreement.

   
(3)

Mr. Tocher was appointed as our president and chief executive officer effective September 10, 2008.

   
(4)

Representing consulting fees of $5,019 (CDN$5,250) per month, payable in Canadian dollars, to CHM Financial Services Inc., a company wholly-owned by Mr. Barley.

   
(5)

Mr. Kortje was appointed as our chief financial officer effective January 28, 2011.

   
(6)

Ms. Welsh and Mr. Petersen were appointed as directors and Mr. Dureault, Mr. Husejnagic, Mr. Owst and Mr. Lupien were appointed officers each effective January 28, 2011.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

There are no arrangements or plans in which we provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for directors or executive officers. Our directors and executive officers may receive stock options at the discretion of our board of directors in the future. We do not have any material bonus or profit sharing plans pursuant to which cash or non-cash compensation is or may be paid to our directors or executive officers, except that stock options may be granted at the discretion of our board of directors from time to time. We have no plans or arrangements in respect of remuneration received or that may be received by our executive officers to compensate such officers in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignation, retirement, change of control) or a change of responsibilities following a change of control.

The services of J. Stephen Barley, a director and executive officer, are provided to us pursuant to a consulting agreement dated November 1, 2008 with CHM Financial Services Inc. which replaced the former agreement dated December 1, 2000 with CHM Consulting Inc., both companies being wholly-owned by Mr. Barley. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, our company pays CHM Financial Services Inc. a management fee of $5,019 (CDN$5,250) per month, payable in Canadian dollars. The fee to CHM Consulting Inc. was $750 per month under the former agreement.

Our compensation program for our executive officers is administered and reviewed by our board of directors which acts as a compensation committee. Historically, executive compensation consists of a combination of base salary and bonuses. Individual compensation levels are designed to reflect individual responsibilities, performance and experience, as well as the performance of our company. The determination of discretionary bonuses is based on various factors, including implementation of our business plan, acquisition of assets, and development of corporate opportunities and completion of financing.

Directors of our company may be paid for their expenses incurred in attending each meeting of the directors. In addition to expenses, directors may be paid a sum for attending each meeting of the directors or may receive a stated salary as director. No payment precludes any director from serving our company in any other capacity and being compensated for such service. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed similar reimbursement and compensation for attending committee meetings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not pay any compensation or grant any stock options to our sole director.

49


Grants of Plan-Based Awards

There were no grants of plan-based awards made to our executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

As at December 31, 2009, there were no unexercised options, stock that had not vested or equity incentive plan awards held by our executive officers.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

As of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we had no form of an incentive stock option plan.

New Long-Term Incentive Plan

Our company did not have a prior long-term incentive plan in favor of any director, officer, consultant or employee of our company. In connection with the completion of the acquisition of Qeyos, on January 28, 2011, our board of directors adopted the 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), providing for the issuance of up to 6,620,230 shares of our common stock to the officers, directors, employees and consultants of our company and our subsidiaries. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,400,000 shares of common stock at $0.20 per share to our newly appointed directors and officers that held options to purchase ordinary shares of Qeyos.

The principal terms and conditions of the stock options granted under the Plan are that vesting of the options will occur in three stages: (1) 50% on the date of grant; (2) 25% on January 1, 2012; and (3) 25% on January 1, 2013. The options granted are exercisable at $0.20 per share. Furthermore, the stock options granted under the Plan are generally non transferable other than to a legal or beneficial holder of the options upon the option holder’s death. The rights to vested but unexercised options cease to be effective on the earlier of: (1) 18 months after death of the stock options holder; (2) 6 months after a change of control of our company; (3) 12 months after loss of office due to health related incapacity or redundancy; or (4) 12 months after the retirement of the options holder from a position with us.

The following table sets out particulars of stock options we have granted as of January 28, 2011:

Name Stock Options Granted Exercise Price Expiry Date
Ross J. Tocher
Director and Chief Executive Officer

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Barb Welsh
Director

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Brian Petersen
Director

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Kevin R. Kortje
Chief Financial Officer

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Gregory G. Dureault
Senior Vice President and General
Counsel

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Alan Husejnagic
Vice President of Operations

300,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Steve Owst
Vice President of Sales

200,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015
Scott Lupien
Vice President of Asian Operations

400,000

$0.20

December 29, 2015

50


Pension and Retirement Plans

Currently, we do not offer any annuity, pension or retirement benefits to be paid to any of our officers, directors or employees, in the event of retirement.

C. Board Practices

Our directors are re-elected and our officers are re-appointed at the annual general meeting of our shareholders. The last annual general meeting was held on July 2, 2009 and each of our current directors and officers will continue to hold his respective office until his successor is elected or appointed, unless his office is earlier vacated under any of the relevant provisions of our Articles or of the Cayman Island’s Companies Law (Revised) statute.

There are no service contracts between our company and any of our officers, directors or employees providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

As of the date of this shell company report, our entire board functions as our audit committee. The audit committee reviews and approves the scope of the audit procedures employed by our independent auditors, reviews the results of the auditor’s examination, the scope of audits. The audit committee also recommends the selection of independent auditors.

This shell company report does not include an attestation report of our company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit our company to provide only management’s report in this shell company report.

D. Employees

Our company is currently operated by Ross Tocher as our president and chief executive officer, J. Stephen Barley as our secretary, treasurer and director and Kevin Kortje as our chief financial officer. We anticipate that we will be conducting most of our business through agreements with consultants and third parties. None of Messrs. Tocher, Barley or Kortje has an employment agreement with us.

E. Share Ownership

As of January 28, 2011, after giving effect to the closing of the share exchange with Qeyos, the debt settlement agreement with R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd. and the concurrent private placement, there were 66,739,541 common shares of our company issued and outstanding. Of the shares issued and outstanding on that date, our directors and officers owned the following common shares:

Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
Position Held With the
Company
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
Percentage of
Class (1)
Ross J. Tocher
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6
President and Chief
Executive Officer

29,387,995

44.03%
J. Stephen Barley
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6
Secretary, Treasurer and
Director

25,000

0.37%
Kevin Kortje
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6

Chief Financial Officer

300,000 (2)

0.45%
Barb Welsh
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6

Director

300,000 (2)

0.45%

51



Brian Petersen
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6

Director

300,000 (2)

0.45%
Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group (five
persons)



30,487,995

45.75%

(1)

Percentage based on 66,739,541 shares of common stock outstanding on January 28, 2011.

   
(2)

Does not include options to acquire 300,000 common shares at an exercise price of $0.20 per share until December 29, 2015.


ITEM 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A. Major Shareholders

As of January 28, 2011, there were 66,739,541 common shares of our company issued and outstanding, after giving effect to the share exchange with Qeyos, the debt settlement agreement with R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd. and the concurrent private placement. The following table sets forth persons known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five (5%) of our common shares as of January 28, 2011:


Name
Number of Common Shares
Beneficially Owned

Percentage (1)
Ross J. Tocher (2)
780-333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6

29,387,895

44.03%

  (1)

Based on 66,739,541 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 28, 2011. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed above, based on information furnished by such owners, have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares, subject to community property laws where applicable.

     
  (2)

Including Mr. Tocher’s indirect holdings of common shares registered to R.J. Tocher Holdings Ltd. (Canada) and Concept Financial Inc. (Belize) and InTouch Digital Media Inc. (Barbados)

The voting rights of our major shareholder do not differ from the voting rights of holders of our company’s shares who are not major shareholders.

As of January 28, 2011, our 66,739,541 issued and outstanding common shares are held as follows:


Location

Number of Shares

Percentage of Shares
Number of Registered
Shareholders of Record
Canada 27,296,166 40.90% 134
Bahamas* 600,000 0.90% 1
Barbados 8,259,486 12.38% 1
Belize 28,085,679 42.08% 6
United States 2,498,210 3.74% 1
Total 66,739,541 100% 143

* Less than 1%.

52


There are no arrangements known to us, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in the control of our company.

B. Related Party Transactions

For the period beginning on January 1, 2007 until the present, we carried out a number of transactions with related parties in the normal course of business. These transactions were recorded at their exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

The following are related party transactions and amounts owing that are not otherwise disclosed elsewhere:

  a)

We paid a management fee of $41,485 (2009 - $40,796) to a company controlled by a director for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The management services were on a month to month basis at $750 per month until September 30, 2008. On November 1, 2008, we entered into an agreement with the same party in which we agreed to pay $5,000 plus applicable sales tax in Canadian dollars, per month for management services on a month to month basis.

     
  b)

As of September 30, 2010, accounts payable of $120 (December 31, 2009 - $295) was owing to a director of our company and $5,440 (December 31, 2009 - $10,037) was owing to a company controlled by the same director.

     
  c)

As of September 30, 2010, accounts payable of $1,611 (December 31, 2009 - $Nil) was owing to a company controlled by an officer of our company.

     
  d)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common director amounted to $Nil (2009 - $7,084) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

     
  e)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common officer amounted to $3,796 (2009 - $5,872) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

     
  f)

We paid a management fee of $55,657 (2008 - $15,287; 2007 - $9,000) to a company controlled by our director for the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
  g)

As of December 31, 2009, accounts payable of $295 (2008 - $27,934; 2007 - $27,438) was owing to our director and $10,037 (2008 - $51,750; 2007 - $45,000) was owing to a company controlled by the same director.

     
  h)

Interest expensed relating to notes payable due to a company with a common director amounted to $5,327 (2008 - $6,868; 2007 - $5,309) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
  i)

Interest expensed relating to notes payable due to a company with a common officer amounted to $6,100 ( 2008 - $304; 2007 - Nil) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
  j)

On September 30, 2009, we entered into debt settlement agreements with holders of promissory notes and an assignment of debt pursuant to which 21,287,895 shares of our common stock were issued to companies with a common officer to settle debt totaling $319,318.

These transactions were in the normal course of operations.

ITEM 8 Financial Information

A. Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

Our financial statements are stated in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Financial statements included with this shell company report are listed below:

53



1.

Audited Annual Financial Statements for Qwick Media Inc. as at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

     
(a)

Independent Auditor’s Report of Morgan & Company dated April 26, 2010 on the Financial Statements as at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007;

     
(b)

Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008;

     
(c)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009;

     
(d)

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009;

     
(e)

Statement of Shareholder’s Equity (Deficiency) from October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009; and

     
(f)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
2.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements for Qwick Media Inc. as at September 30, 2010 and for the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2010 and 2009:

     
(a)

Balance Sheets as at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009;

     
(b)

Statements of Operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to September 30, 2010;

     
(c)

Statements of Cash Flows for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to September 30, 2010; and

     
(d)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
3.

Audited Annual Financial Statements for Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as at April 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the fiscal periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009:

     
(a)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton Labonte LLP, Chartered Accountants, dated August 23, 2010;

     
(b)

Balance Sheets as at April 30, 2010 and 2009;

     
(c)

Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Deficit for the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009, and the cumulative period from inception;

     
(d)

Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009, and the cumulative period from inception; and

     
(e)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
4.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements for Qwick Media Inc. showing the effect of our acquisition of Qeyos as at and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010:

     
(a)

Unaudited Pro Form Consolidated Balance Sheet as at September 30, 2010;

54



  (b)

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010;

     
  (c)

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

     
  (d)

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

The audited financial statements for Qeyos and the unaudited pro forma financial statements can be found under Item 17 “Financial Statements”.

Legal Proceedings

There are no pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or of which any of our property is the subject. There are no legal proceedings to which any director, officer or affiliate of our company or any associate of any such director, officer or affiliate of our company is a party or has a material interest adverse to us.

Dividend Distributions

Holders of our common shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by our board, in its discretion, out of funds legally available for that purpose. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

B. Significant Changes

Other than the closing of the share exchange agreement with Qeyos and the concurrent private placement, each as described under the heading “Item 4. Information on Qwick Media Inc. – History and Development of Qwick Media Inc. – Ceasing to be a Shell Company”, there have been no significant changes that have occurred since September 30, 2010.

ITEM 9 The Offer and Listing

A. Offer and Listing Details

Our common shares are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board under the trading symbol “TUSMF.OB”. Our shares have been quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board since October 2001; however, there have been no trades in our shares of common stock since January 1, 2003.

Our authorized capital consists of 400,000,000 common shares with a par value of $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.001 per share. Our preferred shares may be issued in one or more series and our directors may fix the number of shares which is to comprise each series and the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to each series.

Holders of our common shares are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote, receive any dividend declared by our company’s board of directors and, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares, receive the remaining property of our company upon dissolution.

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

55



C. Markets

Since October 2001, our common shares have been quoted exclusively on the OTC Bulletin Board, however the shares have not traded since January 1, 2003.

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10 Additional Information

A. Share Capital

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a shareholder vote. Holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Therefore, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Our articles of association state that a quorum is satisfied by having the shareholders of at least one-third of our issued and outstanding common stock present in person or represented by a duly appointed proxy at a meeting of our shareholders. As such, quorum will be satisfied if holders of not less than one-third of our issued and outstanding common shares are present in person or represented by a duly appointed proxy at a meeting. A vote by the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares is required to effectuate certain fundamental corporate changes such as liquidation, merger or an amendment to our articles of incorporation.

Holders of common stock are entitled to share in all dividends that the board of directors, in its discretion, declares from legally available funds. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each outstanding share entitles its holder to participate pro rata in all assets that remain after payment of liabilities and after providing for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. Holders of our common stock have no conversion rights and there are no redemption provisions applicable to our common stock.

A summary of the changes to our share capital over the last three fiscal years to the date of this shell company report is as follows:

  Number of Common Shares Amount of Capital
Balance as at December 31, 2007 12,538,000 $76,000
Balance as at December 31, 2008 12,538,000 $76,000
Balance as at December 31, 2009 51,313,366 $657,630
Issued in connection with acquisition of Qeyos 4,789,035 $957,807
Debt Settlement 637,140 $127,428
Issued in connection with private placement at $0.20 per share 10,000,000 $2,000,000
Balance as at January 28, 2011 66,739,541 $3,742,865

56


We have not issued any preferred shares.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our prospectus filed on June 9, 2009.

C. Material Contracts

The material contracts to which we are a party which were entered into during the last two years are as follows:

  • Share Exchange Agreement dated as of January 28, 2011 between the Company and the shareholders of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
D. Exchange Controls

There are no government laws, decrees or regulations in Canada which restrict the export or import of capital or which affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares. Any remittances of dividends to United States residents and to other non-residents are, however, subject to withholding tax. See “Taxation” below.

E. Taxation

Material Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties that may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands are not party to any double tax treaties. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

No stamp duties are payable on the issue or transfer of shares. An agreement to transfer shares may be subject to stamp duty if the agreement is executed in the Cayman Islands or, if executed outside the Cayman Islands, subsequently brought into the Cayman Islands. The Stamp Duty Law (2007 Revision), as amended, does not provide who is liable to pay stamp duty on any document but, in practice, the person who seeks to rely on the document in any civil court proceedings will be required to pay stamp duty in order to have the document admitted in evidence.

Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general discussion of certain possible United States Federal foreign income tax matters under current law, generally applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of our common shares who holds such shares as capital assets. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States Federal income tax matters and does not address consequences peculiar to persons subject to special provisions of Federal income tax law, such as those described below as excluded from the definition of a U.S. Holder. In addition, this discussion does not cover any state, local or foreign tax consequences. See “Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences” above.

The following discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations, published Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings, published administrative positions of the IRS and court decisions that are currently applicable, any or all of which could be materially and adversely changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. In addition, this discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. No assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions, or will not take, or a court will not adopt, a position contrary to any position taken herein.

57


The following discussion is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal, business or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of our common shares, and no opinion or representation with respect to the United States Federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of common shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to Federal, state, local, and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common shares.

U.S. Holders

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” includes a holder of less than 10% of our common shares who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, any entity which is taxable as a corporation for United States tax purposes and any other person or entity whose ownership of our common shares is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. A U.S. Holder does not include persons subject to special provisions of Federal income tax law, such as tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers, non-resident alien individuals or foreign corporations whose ownership of our common shares is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States and shareholders who acquired their shares through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation.

Distributions

The gross amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. Holder will generally be taxable as dividend income to the U.S. Holder for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions which are taxable dividends and which meet certain requirements will be “qualified dividend income” and taxed to U.S. Holders at a maximum United States federal rate of 15%. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common shares and, to the extent in excess of such tax basis, will be treated as a gain from a sale or exchange of such shares.

Capital Gains

In general, upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other distribution and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be a United States source gain or loss and will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period of the shares exceeds one year. If the U.S. Holder is an individual, any capital gain will generally be subject to United States federal income tax at preferential rates if specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.

Foreign Tax Credit

A U.S. Holder who pays (or has had withheld from distributions) Canadian income tax with respect to the ownership of our common shares may be entitled, at the option of the U.S. Holder, to either a deduction or a tax credit for such foreign tax paid or withheld. Generally, it will be more advantageous to claim a credit because a credit reduces United States Federal income taxes on a dollar-for-dollar basis, while a deduction merely reduces the taxpayer’s income subject to tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and generally applies to all foreign income taxes paid by (or withheld from) the U.S. Holder during that year. There are significant and complex limitations which apply to the tax credit, among which is an ownership period requirement and the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of the U.S. Holder’s United States income tax liability that the U.S. Holder’s foreign source income bears to his or its worldwide taxable income. In determining the application of this limitation, the various items of income and deduction must be classified into foreign and domestic sources. Complex rules govern this classification process. The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of these complex limitations on the tax credit are fact specific and holders and prospective holders of our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances.

58


Passive Foreign Investment Corporation

We do not believe that we are a passive foreign investment corporation (a “PFIC”). However, since PFIC status depends upon the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets and shares from time to time, there is no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held shares, certain adverse tax consequences could apply to the U.S. Holder. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, gains recognized by such U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the shares. The amount allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. Further, any distribution in respect of shares in excess of 125% of the average of the annual distributions on shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available to U.S. Holders that may mitigate some of the adverse consequences resulting from PFIC status. However, regardless of whether such elections are made, dividends paid by a PFIC will not be “qualified dividend income” and will generally be taxed at the higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income.

U.S. Holders and prospective holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership of our common shares.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statements by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

Documents concerning our company referred to in this shell company report may be viewed by appointment during normal business hours at our registered and records office at Suite 800 - 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V6C 3H1.

I. Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not applicable.

ITEM 12 Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 13 Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

59



ITEM 14 Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

ITEM 15 Controls and Procedures

Not applicable.

ITEM 15T Controls and Procedures

Not applicable.

ITEM 16 [Reserved]
   
ITEM 16A Audit Committee Financial Expert

Not applicable.

ITEM 16B Code of Ethics

Not applicable.

ITEM 16C Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Not applicable.

ITEM 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E Purchases of Equity Securities the Company and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G Corporate Governance

Not applicable.

ITEM 17 Financial Statements

Financial Statements Filed as Part of this Report:

1.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements for Qwick Media Inc. as at September 30, 2010 and for the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2010 and 2009:

     
(a)

Balance Sheets as at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009;

     
(b)

Statements of Operations for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to September 30, 2010;

60



(c)

Statements of Cash Flows for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to September 30, 2010; and

     
(d)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
2.

Audited Annual Financial Statements for Qwick Media Inc. as at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

     
(a)

Independent Auditor’s Report of Morgan & Company dated April 26, 2010 on the Financial Statements as at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007;

     
(b)

Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008;

     
(c)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009;

     
(d)

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and for the period October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009;

     
(e)

Statement of Shareholder’s Equity (Deficiency) from October 5, 2000 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2009; and

     
(f)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
3.

Audited Annual Financial Statements for Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as at April 30, 2010 and 2009 and for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2010 and 2009.

     
(a)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton Labonte LLP, Chartered Accountants, dated August 23, 2010;

     
(b)

Balance Sheets as at April 30, 2010 and 2009;

     
(c)

Statements of Operations, Comprehensive Loss and Deficit for the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009, and the cumulative period from inception;

     
(d)

Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009, and the cumulative period from inception; and

     
(e)

Notes to Financial Statements.

     
4.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements showing the effect of our acquisition of Qeyos as at and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010:

     
(a)

Unaudited Pro Form Consolidated Balance Sheet as at September 30, 2010;

     
(b)

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010;

     
(c)

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009; and

     
(d)

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements.

61


QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)

INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

62



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
BALANCE SHEETS
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Unaudited)     (Audited)  
ASSETS            
Current            
           Cash $  1,486   $  1,433  
LIABILITIES            
Current            
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 6) $  21,219   $  25,191  
           Notes and accrued interest payable (Note 4)   127,428     14,995  
           Promissory note and accrued interest payable (Note 5 and 6)   271,009     256,844  
    419,656     297,030  
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY            
Capital Stock (Note 7)   51,313     51,313  
Additional Paid-in Capital   606,317     606,317  
Deficit Accumulated During The Exploration Stage   (1,075,800 )   (953,227 )
    (418,170 )   (295,597 )
             
  $  1,486   $  1,433  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

63



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

                            PERIOD FROM  
                            DATE OF  
                            INCEPTION  
                            OCTOBER 5  
    THREE MONTHS ENDED     NINE MONTHS ENDED     2000 TO  
    SEPTEMBER 30     SEPTEMBER 30     SEPTEMBER 30,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010  
                               
Expenses                              
       Consulting fee $   -   $  -   $   -   $  -   $  3,193  
       Filing and stock transfer fees   488     760     838     7,249     17,017  
       Interest (Note 6)   6,717     10,961     17,961     29,309     212,190  
       Management fee (Note 6)   16,182     14,550     41,485     40,796     176,179  
       Mineral property exploration expenditure   -     -     -     -     8,500  
       Mineral property option payment   -     -     -     -     3,428  
       Office and sundry   2,643     (595 )   2,048     3,447     12,538  
       Loss on debt settlement foreign exchange   -     18,456     -     18,456     18,456  
       Oil and gas property exploration expenditures   -     -     -     -     202,686  
       Professional fees   16,054     27,860     60,241     93,884     383,125  
       Travel and business development   -     -     -     -     38,488  
    42,084     71,992     122,573     193,141     1,075,800  
                               
Net Loss For The Period $  (42,084 ) $  (71,992 ) $  (122,573 ) $  (193,141 ) $  (1,075,800 )
                               
Basic And Diluted Loss Per Common Share $  (0.00 ) $  (0.01 ) $  (0.00 ) $  (0.02 )    
                               
Weighted Average Number Of Common Shares Outstanding   51,313,366     12,959,471     51,313,366     12,680,034      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

64



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

                            PERIOD FROM  
                            DATE OF  
                            INCEPTION  
                            OCTOBER 5,  
    THREE MONTHS ENDED     NINE MONTHS ENDED     2000 TO  
    SEPTEMBER 30     SEPTEMBER 30     SEPTEMBER 30,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010  
                               
Cash Flows (Used In) Provided By:                              
                               
Operating Activities                              
                               
   Net loss for the period $  (42,084 ) $  (71,992 ) $   (122,573 ) $  (193,141 ) $  (1,075,800 )
                               
   Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:                    
   Loss on debt settlement foreign exchange   -     18,456     -     18,456     18,456  
                               
   Changes in non-cash operating working capital items:                    
       Prepaids and deposits   -     (368 )   -     (368 )   -  
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   (1,477 )   (25,768 )   (3,972 )   1,612     112,874  
       Accrued interest payable   6,814     10,961     18,057     29,309     212,287  
    (36,747 )   (68,711 )   (108,488 )   (144,132 )   (732,183 )
                               
Financing Activities                              
   Proceeds from notes payable   37,533     77,591     108,541     152,473     461,619  
   Poceeds from promissory note payable   -     -     -     -     196,050  
   Issuance of common shares   -     -     -     -     76,000  
    37,533     77,591     108,541     152,473     733,669  
                               
Net Increase In Cash   786     8,880     53     8,341     1,486  
                               
Cash, Beginning Of Period   700     120     1,433     659     -  
                               
Cash, End Of Period $  1,486   $  9,000   $   1,486   $  9,000   $  1,486  
                               
Non-cash Financing Activities                              
   Common stock issued to settle debt                              
   (Note 7b)) $   -   $  581,630   $  -   $  581,630   $  581,630  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information                              
   Interest paid $   -   $  -   $  -   $  -   $   -  
   Income taxes paid $   -   $  -   $   -   $  -   $   -  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

65



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited interim financial statements as of September 30, 2010 included herein have been prepared without audit pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. It is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the December 31, 2009 audited financial statements and notes thereto. The operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010.

2. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

  a)

Organization

     
 

The Company was incorporated in the State of Nevada, U.S.A., on October 5, 2000. The Company’s principal executive officers are in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

     
 

On May 17, 2006, the Company incorporated a wholly-owned Washington subsidiary for the sole purpose of redomiciling to the State of Washington through a merger with its subsidiary. Effective June 26, 2006, the Company merged with and into its subsidiary, Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., a Washington company, with the surviving company being Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., the Washington Company. As a result of this transaction, the Company redomiciled from the State of Nevada to the State of Washington. The existing bylaws of Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., the Washington Company, remained as the bylaws of the surviving corporation.

     
 

Effective July 7, 2009, the Company merged with its subsidiary, Tuscany Minerals Ltd., a Wyoming company, with the surviving company being Tuscany Minerals Ltd., the Wyoming Company. Effective July 28, 2009, the Company was issued a certificate of registration by way of continuation by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands. As a result of this transaction, the Company redomiciled to the Cayman Islands. At the same time, the Company adopted a new memorandum of association and articles of association in substitution of its existing constating documents. As a result of the continuation, the Company became a foreign private issuer as defined in Rule 3b-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     
 

Effective June 22, 2010, the Company changed its name from Tuscany Minerals Ltd. to Qwick Media Inc.

     
  b)

Exploration Stage Activities

     
 

The Company has been in the exploration stage since its formation and has not realized any revenues from its planned operations. As at September 30, 2010 the Company is evaluating new opportunities in both the mineral exploration business and in other industries unrelated to the resource sector. The Company had previous exploration activities in the natural gas and oil business in 2003 and in the acquisition and exploration of mining properties prior to 2003.

66



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN (Continued)

     
c)

Going Concern

     

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.

     

As shown in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has incurred a net loss of $1,075,800 for the period from October 5, 2000 (inception) to September 30, 2010, has negative cash flow, has a stockholders’ deficiency and has no revenue. The future of the Company is dependent upon its ability to obtain adequate financing and upon future profitable operations from the development of its business that it may acquire. Management has plans to seek additional capital through a private placement and public offering of any common stock and from the issuance of promissory notes. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts of and classification of liabilities that might be necessary in the event the Company cannot continue in existence.


3.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

   

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued its final Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, “The “FASB Accounting Standards Codification” and “the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (“SFAS 168”). SFAS 168 establishes the “FASB” Accounting Standards Codification” (“Codification”), which officially launched July 1, 2009, to become the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related accounting literature. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. SFAS 168 recognizes the previously issued GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics and displays them using a consistent structure. The subsequent issuances of new standards will be in the form of Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) that will be included in the Codification. SFAS 168 is effective for the Company as of the year ended December 31, 2009. As the Codification was not intended to change or alter existing GAAP, it does not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements. The only impact is that references to authoritative accounting literature are in accordance with the Codification. The Company has included in its disclosures the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) cross-reference along side the references to the accounting standards issued and adopted prior to the adoption of Codification.

   

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Because a precise determination of many assets and liabilities is dependent upon future events, the preparation of financial statements for a period necessarily involves the use of estimates which have been made using careful judgment.

   

The financial statements have, in management’s opinion, been properly prepared within reasonable limits of materiality and within the framework of the significant accounting policies summarized below:

67



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

3.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

       
a)

Exploration Stage Company

       

The Company complies with FASB ASC 915 (formerly SFAS No. 7), and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Act Guide 7 in its characterization as an exploration stage company.

       
b)

Mineral Property Interests

       

Exploration costs are expensed as incurred regardless of the stage of development or existence of reserves. Costs of acquisition are capitalized subject to impairment testing when facts and circumstances indicate impairment may exist.

       
c)

Cash

       

Cash consists of cash on deposit with high quality major financial institutions. The carrying amounts approximated fair market value due to the liquidity of these deposits.

       
d)

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

       

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The significant areas requiring management’s estimates and assumptions include fair value of shares issued to settle debt, valuation allowance for income tax purposes and fair value measurement of financial instruments.

       
e)

Foreign Currency Translation

       

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currency are translated in accordance with SFAS 52, Foreign Currency Translation (codified in ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters), into U.S. dollars and reporting as follows:

       
i)

monetary items at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date;

ii)

non-monetary items at the historical exchange rate;

iii)

revenue and expense at the average exchange rate in effect during the applicable accounting period.

       
f)

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share

       

The Company computes loss per share in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128 – “Earnings Per Share” (codified in ASC 260, Earnings Per Share). Under these provisions, basic loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during the periods. Diluted loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding during the period. As the Company generated net losses in the period presented, the basic and diluted loss per share is the same as any exercise of options or warrants would anti-dilutive.

68



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

3.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     
g)

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Risk

     

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash on deposit, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, notes payable and promissory note payable.

     

The Company follows the fair value measurement guidance of ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for all non-financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. In January, 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which amended certain provisions of ASC 820-10, by requiring additional disclosures for transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements, as well as requiring fair value measurement disclosure for each class of assets and liabilities in addition to disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3.

     

Management of the Company does not believe that the Company is subject to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments. The respective carrying values of financial instruments approximate their fair values. Fair values were assumed to approximate carrying values since they are short-term in nature or they are receivable or payable on demand.

     
h)

Asset Retirement Obligations

     

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 143 (codified in ASC 410 Asset Retirement Obligations), which requires that an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset be recognized as a liability in the period which it is incurred and becomes determinable, with an offsetting increase in the carrying amount of the associated asset.

     

The cost of the tangible asset, including the initially recognized ARO, is depleted, such that the cost of the ARO is recognized over the useful life of the asset. The ARO is recorded at fair value, and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. The fair value of the ARO is measured using expected future cash flow, discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. To date, no significant asset retirement obligation exists due to the early stage of exploration. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded.

     
i)

Asset Impairment

     

Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable, pursuant to guidance established in SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets” (codified in ASC 360-50, Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets). The Company determines impairment by comparing the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by its assets to their respective carrying amounts. If impairment is deemed to exist the assets will be written down to fair value.

69



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

3.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

       
j)

Comprehensive Loss

       

SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , (codified in ASC 220, Comprehensive Income ) establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in the financial statements. As at September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company has no items that represent a comprehensive loss and, therefore, has not included a schedule of comprehensive loss in the financial statements.

       
k)

Common Share Non-Monetary Consideration

       

FASB ASC 845, Non-Monetary Transactions , addresses the measurement of exchanges of non- monetary assets. In situations where common shares are issued and the fair value of the goods or services received is readily determinable, the fair value of the common shares is used to measure and record the transaction. The fair value of the common shares issued in exchange for the receipt of goods and services is based on the stock price as of the earliest of:

       
i)

the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete;

ii)

the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the common shares is reached; or

iii)

the date at which the common shares are issued if they are fully vested and non- forfeitable at that date.

       
4.

NOTES AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

       

Notes payable balance at September 30, 2010 was $123,308 (December 31, 2009 - $14,767) and accrued interest balance was $4,120 (December 31, 2009 - $228). All notes payable were unsecured, payable on demand, and bore interest at 8% per annum.

       

Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2010 amounted to $2,041 (September 30, 2009 - $6,187).

       

On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into debt settlement agreements with the notes payable holders of principal and interest of $407,191 for shares in the Company’s common stock (Note 7).

       

At September 30, 2010, $127,428 (December 31, 2009 - $14,995) of the notes payable and accrued interest are due to a company with a common director or a common officer.

       
5.

PROMISSORY NOTE AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

       

At September 30, 2010 the promissory note of $196,050 (December 31, 2009 - $196,050) bore interest at 8% per annum and was repayable in full on January 28, 2004.

70



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

5.

PROMISSORY NOTE AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE (Continued)

     

The Company had entered into various loan extension agreements since the initial due date, including a required balloon payout amount of $25,000. At September 30, 2010, the expiry date is January 28, 2011. Since advancement of funds to September 30, 2010 interest has been accrued of $49,959 (December 31, 2009 - $35,794). Interest expensed for the three months ended September 30, 2010 amounted to $4,774 (September 30, 2009 - $4,774).

     

On September 30, 2009 the Company entered into a debt settlement agreement to settle $82,782 of the total accrued interest for 5,518,778 shares in the Company’s common stock (Note 7).

     
6.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND AMOUNTS OWING

     

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company carried out a number of transactions with related parties in the normal course of business. These transactions were recorded at their exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

     

The following are related party transactions and amounts owing at September 30, 2010 that are not otherwise disclosed elsewhere:

     
a)

The Company paid a management fee of $41,485 (2009 - $40,796) to a company controlled by a director for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The management services were on a month to month basis at $750 per month until September 30, 2008. On November 1, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with the same party in which the Company agreed to pay $5,000 plus applicable sales tax in Canadian dollars, per month for management services on a month to month basis.

     
b)

As of September 30, 2010, accounts payable of $120 (December 31, 2009 - $295) was owing to a director of the Company and $5,440 (December 31, 2009 - $10,037) was owing to a company controlled by the same director.

     
c)

As of September 30, 2010, accounts payable of $1,611 (December 31, 2009 - $Nil) was owing to a company controlled by an officer of the Company.

     
d)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common director amounted to $Nil (2009 - $7,084) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

     
e)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common officer amounted to $3,796 (2009 - $5,872) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

     
7.

CAPITAL STOCK

     
a)

Authorized

     

On March 23, 2009, by Articles of Amendment, the Company amended the number and class of shares authorized to be issued, as follows:

     

400,000,000 common shares, $0.001 par value;

     

100,000,000 preferred shares, $0.001 par value, and series as determined by directors.

71



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

7.

CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

     
b)

Issued, outstanding and fully paid

     

51,313,366 common shares.

     

On September 30, 2009, the Company issued 38,775,366 shares of the Company’s common stock to settle debt totaling $581,630, comprised of accounts payable $91,657, notes payable $407,191 and promissory note and accrued interest $82,782. This included debt settlement agreements with holders of promissory notes and assignment of debt pursuant to which 21,287,895 common shares of the Company were issued to companies with a common officer to settle debt totaling $319,318.

     
8.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

     

The Company has no significant commitments or contractual obligations with any parties respecting executive compensation, consulting arrangements, rental premises or other matters. Management services provided are on a month to month basis.

     
9.

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

     

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC 820- 10 Fair Value Measurements also establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the valuation inputs into three broad levels. Based on the underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels. These levels are:

     

Level 1 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities traded in an active exchange market, as well as U.S. Treasury securities.

     

Level 2 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

     

Level 3 - Valuation is determined using model-based techniques with significant assumptions not observable in the market.

     

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

     

The Company has no assets or liabilities subject to recurring measurement.

     

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

     

The Company has no assets or liabilities subject to non-recurring measurement.

72



QWICK MEDIA INC.
(Formerly TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.)
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010 AND 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

9.

FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

   

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

   

The following table reflects the fair value of financial instruments:


      Fair     September 30, 2010     December 31, 2009  
      Value                          
      Input     Carrying     Estimated     Carrying     Estimated  
      Level     Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
                                 
  Financial Assets:                              
           Cash   Level 1   $  1,486   $  1,486   $  1,433   $  1,433  
  Financial Liabilities:                              
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   Level 2     21,219     21,219     25,191     25,191  
           Notes and accrued interest payable   Level 2     127,428     127,428     14,995     14,995  
           Promissory note and accrued interest payable   Level 2     271,009     271,009     256,844     256,844  

Due to the relatively short term nature of cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and notes and promissory note payable, the fair value of these instruments approximates their carrying value. Notes and promissory note were recorded at estimated fair value on issue and at amortized cost on an ongoing basis.

10.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   

Management has evaluated subsequent events and the impact on the reported results and disclosures and has concluded that no other significant events require disclosure as of the date the financial statements were issued.

73


TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

74


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Directors and Stockholders of
Tuscany Minerals Ltd.
(An Exploration Stage Company)

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Tuscany Minerals Ltd. (an exploration stage company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and for the cumulative period from October 5, 2000 (date of inception) to December 31, 2009, and stockholders’ equity (deficiency) for the cumulative period from October 5, 2000 (date of inception) to December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and for the cumulative period from October 5, 2000 (date of inception) to December 31, 2009, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has negative cash flows, has a stockholders’ deficiency and is dependent upon obtaining adequate financing to fulfil its development activities and upon future profitable operations from the development of any mineral properties that it may acquire. These factors raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also discussed in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Vancouver, Canada “Morgan & Company”
April 26, 2010    Chartered Accountants
 
Tel: (604) 687-5841 P.O. Box 10007 Pacific Centre
Fax: (604) 687-0075 Sute 1488 - 700 West Georgia Street
www.morgan-cas.com Vancouver, B.C. V7Y 1A1

75



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
BALANCE SHEETS
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

    DECEMBER 31  
    2009     2008  
             
ASSETS            
             
Current            
           Cash $  1,433   $  659  
             
LIABILITIES            
             
Current            
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 6) $  25,191   $  109,156  
           Notes and accrued interest payable (Note 4)   14,995     221,119  
           Promissory note and accrued interest payable (Note 5 and 6)   256,844     320,687  
    297,030     650,962  
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY            
             
Capital Stock (Note 8)   51,313     12,538  
             
Additional Paid-in Capital   606,317     63,462  
             
Deficit Accumulated During The Exploration Stage   (953,227 )   (726,303 )
    (295,597 )   (650,303 )
             
  $  1,433   $  659  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

76



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

                      PERIOD FROM  
                      DATE OF  
                      INCEPTION  
                      OCTOBER 5  
    YEAR ENDED     2000 TO  
    DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2009  
                         
Expenses                        
   Consulting fee $   -   $  -     -   $  3,193  
   Filing and stock transfer fees   8,088     2,801     1,258     16,180  
   Interest (note 6)   34,311     31,045     27,743     194,229  
   Management fee (Note 6)   55,657     15,287     9,000     134,694  
   Mineral property exploration expenditure   -     -     -     8,500  
   Mineral property option payment   -     -     -     3,428  
   Office and sundry   3,968     645     2,388     10,489  
   Loss on debt settlement foreign exchange   18,456     -     -     18,456  
   Oil and gas property exploration expenditures   -     -     -     202,686  
   Professional fees   106,444     54,634     33,802     322,884  
   Travel and business development   -     -     -     38,488  
    226,924     104,412     74,191     953,227  
                         
Net Loss For The Period $  (226,924 ) $  (104,412 )   (74,191 ) $  (953,227 )
                         
Basic And Diluted Loss Per Common Share $  (0.01 ) $  (0.01 )   (0.01 )      
                         
Weighted Average Number Of Common Shares Outstanding   22,311,517     12,538,000     12,538,000      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

77



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

                      PERIOD FROM  
                      DATE OF  
                      INCEPTION  
                      OCTOBER 5,  
    YEAR ENDED     2000 TO  
    DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2009  
                         
Cash Flows (Used In) Provided By: Operating Activities                
                         
   Net loss for the period $  (226,924 ) $  (104,412 )   (74,191 ) $  (953,227 )
                         
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:                
   Loss on debt settlement foreign exchange   18,456     -     -     18,456  
                         
Changes in non-cash operating working capital items:                
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   7,691     17,345     8,493     116,847  
   Accrued interest payable   34,311     31,045     27,743     194,229  
    (166,466 )   (56,022 )   (37,955 )   (623,695 )
                         
                         
Financing Activities                        
   Proceeds from notes payable   167,240     55,447     38,793     353,078  
   Proceeds from promissory note payable   -     -     -     196,050  
   Issuance of common shares   -     -     -     76,000  
    167,240     55,447     38,793     625,128  
                         
Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash   774     (575 )   838     1,433  
                         
Cash, Beginning Of Period   659     1,234     396     -  
                         
Cash, End Of Period $  1,433   $  659     1,234   $  1,433  
                         
Non-cash Financing Activities                        
   Common stock issued to settle debt (Note 8b)) $  581,630   $  -     -   $  581,630  
                         
                         
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information                    
   Interest paid $   -   $  -     -   $   -  
   Income taxes paid $   -   $   -     -   $   -  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

78



TUSCANY MINERALS, LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
PERIOD FROM INCEPTION, OCTOBER 5, 2000, TO DECEMBER 31, 2009
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

    COMMON STOCK     DEFICIT              
    NUMBER                 ACCUMULATED              
    OF           ADDITIONAL     DURING THE     CUMULATIVE        
    COMMON     PAR     PAID-IN     EXPLORATION     TRANSLATION        
    SHARES     VALUE     CAPITAL     STAGE     ADJUSTMENT     TOTAL  
                                     
November - Shares issued for cash at $0.001   6,500,000   $  6,500   $  -   $  -   $  -   $  6,500  
November - Shares issued for cash at $0.01   6,000,000     6,000     54,000     -     -     60,000  
December - Shares issued for cash at $0.25   38,000     38     9,462     -     -     9,500  
Translation adjustment   -     -     -     -     660     660  
Net loss for the period   -     -     -     (7,310 )   -     (7,310 )
Balance, December 31, 2000   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (7,310 )   660     69,350  
Translation adjustment   -     -     -     -     (752 )   (752 )
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (54,811 )   -     (54,811 )
Balance, December 31, 2001   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (62,121 )   (92 )   13,787  
Translation adjustment   -     -     -     -     16     16  
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (24,972 )   -     (24,972 )
Balance, December 31, 2002   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (87,093 )   (76 )   (11,169 )
Translation adjustment   -     -     -     -     (205 )   (205 )
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (271,508 )   -     (271,508 )
Balance, December 31, 2003   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (358,601 )   (281 )   (282,882 )
Translation adjustment   -     -     -     -     281     281  
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (72,049 )   -     (72,049 )
Balance, December 31, 2004   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (430,650 )   -     (354,650 )
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (49,562 )   -     (49,562 )
Balance, December 31, 2005   12,538,000     12,538     63,462     (480,212 )   -     (404,212 )
                                     
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (67,488 )   -     (67,488 )
Balance, December 31, 2006   0     0     0     (547,700 )   -     (471,700 )
                                     
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (74,191 )   -     (74,191 )
Balance, December 31, 2007   0     0     0     (621,891 )   -     (545,891 )
                                     
Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (104,412 )   -     (104,412 )
Balance, December 31, 2008   0     0     0     (726,303 )   -     (650,303 )
                                     
September - Shares issued for settling debt at $0.015   38,775,366     38,775     542,855     -     -     581,630  
Net loss for the year                     (226,924 )   -     (226,924 )
Balance, December 31, 2009   51,313,366   $  51,313   $  606,317   $  (953,297 ) $  -   $  (953,297 )

79



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

1.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

     
a)

Organization

     

The Company was incorporated in the State of Nevada, U.S.A., on October 5, 2000. The Company’s principal executive officers are in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

     

On May 17, 2006, the Company incorporated a wholly-owned Washington subsidiary for the sole purpose of re-domiciling to the State of Washington through a merger with its subsidiary. Effective June 26, 2006, the Company merged with and into its subsidiary, Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., a Washington company, with the surviving company being Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., the Washington company. As a result of this transaction, the Company re-domiciled from the State of Nevada to the State of Washington. The existing bylaws of Tuscany Minerals, Ltd., the Washington company, remained as the bylaws of the surviving corporation.

     

Effective July 7, 2009, the Company merged with another newly created subsidiary, Tuscany Minerals Ltd., a Wyoming company, with the surviving company being Tuscany Minerals Ltd., the Wyoming company. Effective July 28, 2009, the Company was issued a certificate of registration by way of continuation by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands. As a result of this transaction, the Company re-domiciled to the Cayman Islands. At the same time, the Company adopted a new memorandum of association and articles of association in substitution of its existing constating documents. As a result of the continuation, the Company became a foreign private issuer as defined in Rule 3b-4 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     
b)

Exploration Stage Activities

     

The Company has been in the exploration stage since its formation and has not realized any revenues from its planned operations. As at June 30, 2009 the Company is evaluating new opportunities in both the mineral exploration business and in other industries unrelated to the resource sector. The Company had previous exploration activities in the natural gas and oil business in 2003 and in the acquisition and exploration of mining properties prior to 2003.

     
c)

Going Concern

     

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.

     

As shown in the accompanying financial statements, the Company has incurred a net loss of $953,227 for the period from October 5, 2000 (inception) to December 31, 2009, has negative working capital, has a stockholders’ deficiency and has no sales. The future of the Company is dependent upon its ability to obtain adequate financing and upon future profitable operations from the development of its business that it may acquire. Management has plans to seek additional capital through a private placement and public offering of any common stock and form the issuance of promissory notes. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, or the amounts of and classification of liabilities that might be necessary in the event the Company cannot continue in existence.

80



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     

In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued its final Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, “The “FASB Accounting Standards Codification” and “the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (“SFAS 168”). SFAS 168 establishes the “FASB” Accounting Standards Codification” (“Codification”), which officially launched July 1, 2009, to become the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”), and related accounting literature. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. SFAS 168 recognizes the previously issued GAAP pronouncements into accounting topics and displays them using a consistent structure. The subsequent issuances of new standards will be in the form of Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) that will be included in the Codification. SFAS 168 is effective for the Company as of the year ended December 31, 2009. As the Codification was not intended to change or alter existing GAAP, it does not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements. The only impact is that references to authoritative accounting literature are in accordance with the Codification. The Company has included in its disclosures the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) cross-reference along side the references to the accounting standards issued and adopted prior to the adoption of Codification.

     

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Because a precise determination of many assets and liabilities is dependent upon future events, the preparation of financial statements for a period necessarily involves the use of estimates which have been made using careful judgment.

     

The financial statements have, in management’s opinion, been properly prepared within reasonable limits of materiality and within the framework of the significant accounting policies summarized below:

     
a)

Exploration Stage Company

     

The Company complies with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 7 (codified in ASC Topic 915 entitled Development Stage Entities), and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Act Guide 7 in its characterization as an exploration stage company.

     
b)

Mineral Property Interests

     

Costs of acquisition, exploration, carrying and retaining unproven mineral properties are expensed as incurred.

81



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

       
c)

Cash

       

Cash consists of cash on deposit with high quality major financial institutions. The carrying amounts approximated fair market value due to the liquidity of these deposits.

       
d)

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

       

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The significant areas requiring management’s estimates and assumptions include fair value of shares issued to settle debt, valuation allowance for income tax purposes and fair value measurement of financial instruments.

       
e)

Foreign Currency Translation

       

The Company’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currency are translated in accordance with SFAS 52, Foreign Currency Translation (codified in ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters), into U.S. dollars and reporting as follows:

       
i)

monetary items at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date;

ii)

non-monetary items at the historical exchange rate;

iii)

revenue and expense at the average exchange rate in effect during the applicable accounting period.

       
f)

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share

       

The Company computes loss per share in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128 – “Earnings Per Share” (codified in ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share). Under these provisions, basic loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during the periods. Diluted loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding during the period. As the Company generated net losses in the period presented, the basic and diluted loss per share is the same as any exercise of options or warrants would anti-dilutive.

82



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     
g)

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Risk

     

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash on deposit, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, notes payable and promissory note payable.

     

Management of the Company does not believe that the Company is subject to significant interest, currency or credit risks arising from these financial instruments. The respective carrying values of financial instruments approximate their fair values. Fair values were assumed to approximate carrying values since they are short-term in nature or they are receivable or payable on demand.

     
h)

Income Taxes

     

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 109 – “Accounting for Income Taxes” (codified in ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes). This standard requires the use of an asset and liability approach for financial accounting, and reporting on income taxes. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

     

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), (codified in ASC Topic 740- 10-25, Income Taxes ). FIN 48 prescribes recognition thresholds that must be met before a tax position is recognized in the financial statements and provides guidance on de- recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. Under FIN 48, an entity may only recognize or continue to recognize tax positions that meet a “more likely than not” threshold. The Company did not make any adjustment to opening retained earnings as a result of the implementation.

     

Based on its evaluation, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its financial statements.

     

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax issues as components of income tax expense. The Company did not recognize or have any accrual for interest and penalties relating to income taxes as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.

     
i)

Asset Retirement Obligations

     

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 143 (codified in ASC Topic 410 Asset Retirement Obligations), which requires that an asset retirement obligation (“ARO”) associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset be recognized as a liability in the period which it is incurred and becomes determinable, with an offsetting increase in the carrying amount of the associated asset.

83



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

       
i)

Asset Retirement Obligations (Continued)

       

The cost of the tangible asset, including the initially recognized ARO, is depleted, such that the cost of the ARO is recognized over the useful life of the asset. The ARO is recorded at fair value, and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. The fair value of the ARO is measured using expected future cash flow, discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. To date, no asset retirement obligation exists due to the early stage of exploration. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded.

       
j)

Asset Impairment

       

Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable, pursuant to guidance established in SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets” (codified in ASC Topic 360-50, Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets). The Company determines impairment by comparing the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by its assets to their respective carrying amounts. If impairment is deemed to exist the assets will be written down to fair value.

       
l)

Comprehensive Loss

       

SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , (codified in ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income ) establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in the financial statements. As at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has no items that represent a comprehensive loss and, therefore, has not included a schedule of comprehensive loss in the financial statements.

       
m)

Common Share Non-Monetary Consideration

       

In situations where common shares are issued and the fair value of the goods or services received is readily determinable, the fair value of the common shares is used to measure and record the transaction. The fair value of the common shares issued in exchange for the receipt of goods and services is based on the stock price as of the earliest of:

       
i)

the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete;

ii)

the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the common shares is reached; or

iii)

the date at which the common shares are issued if they are fully vested and non- forfeitable at that date.

84



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     
m)

New authoritative accounting guidance under FASB ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events”, establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. FASB ASC Topic 855 defines (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which a reporting entity’s management should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, (ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and (iii) the disclosures an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The new authoritative accounting guidance under FASB ASC Topic 855 became effective for the Company’s financial statements for periods ending after June 15, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

     
n)

In August 2009, the FASB issued an update of ASC Topic 820, Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value . The new guidance provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using prescribed techniques. The Company adopted the new guidance in the third quarter of 2009. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

     
3.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple- Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) which amends ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition: Multiple-Element Arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how to allocate consideration to each unit of accounting in the arrangement. This ASU replaces all references to fair value as the measurement criteria with the term selling price and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. ASU No. 2009-13 also eliminates the use of the residual value method for determining the allocation of arrangement consideration. Additionally, ASU No. 2009-13 requires expanded disclosures. This ASU will become effective for the Company for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after December 1, 2011. Earlier application is permitted with required transition disclosures based on the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the application date and the impact of this standard on its financial statements.

85



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

4.

NOTES AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

   

Notes payable balance at December 31, 2009 is $14,995 (2008 - $221,119), including accrued interest of $228 (2008 - $35,282). All notes payable were uncollateralized, payable on demand, and bore interest at 8% per annum.

   

On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into debt settlement agreements with the notes payable holders aggregating $407,191 for 27,146,092 shares in the Company’s common stock (Note 8).

   

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $15,372 (2008 - $12,055; 2007 - $8,804).

   

At December 31, 2009, $14,995 (2008 - $109,774) of the notes payable and accrued interest are due to a company with a common director.

   
5.

PROMISSORY NOTE AND ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE

   

At December 31, 2009 the promissory note of $196,050 (2008 - $196,050) bore interest at 8% per annum and was repayable in full on January 28, 2004.

   

The Company had entered into various loan extension agreements since the initial due date, including a required balloon payout amount of $25,000. At December 31, 2009, the expiry date is January 28, 2010. Since advancement of funds to December 31, 2009 interest has been accrued of $35,794 (2008- $99,637). Interest expensed for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $18,939 (2008 - $18,991; 2007 - $18,393).

   

On September 30, 2009 the Company entered into a debt settlement agreement to settle $82,782 of the total accrued interest for 5,518,778 shares in the Company’s common stock (Note 8). After the debt settlement agreement, the total accrued interest to December 31, 2009 was $35,794 (2008- $99,637).

   
6.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND AMOUNTS OWING

   

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company carried out a number of transactions with related parties in the normal course of business. These transactions were recorded at their exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

86



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

6.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND AMOUNTS OWING (Continued)

     

The following are related party transactions and amounts owing at December 31, 2009 that are not otherwise disclosed elsewhere:

     
a)

The Company paid a management fee of $55,657 (2008 - $15,287; 2007 - $9,000) to a company controlled by a director for the year ended December 31, 2009 The management services were on a month to month basis at $750 per month until September 30, 2008. On November 1, 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with the same party in which the Company agreed to pay $5,019 ($5,250 CAD) per month for management services on a month to month basis.

     
b)

As of December 31, 2009, accounts payable of $295 (2008 - $27,934) was owing to a director of the Company and $10,037 (2008 - $51,750) was owing to a company controlled by the same director.

     
c)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common director amounted to $5,327 (2008 - $6,868; 2007 - $5,309) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
d)

Interest expensed by the Company relating to notes payable due to a company with a common officer amounted to $6,100 (2008 - $304; 2007 - $nil) for the year ended December 31, 2009.

     
e)

On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into debt settlement agreements with holders of promissory notes and an assignment of debt pursuant to which 21,287,895 common shares of the Company were issued to companies with a common officer to settle debt totalling $319,318.

     
7.

INCOME TAXES

     

The provision for income taxes differs from the result which would be obtained by applying the statutory income tax rate of 34% (2008 – 34%) to income before income taxes. The difference results from the following items:


      2009     2008     2007  
                     
  Computed expected (benefit) income taxes $   (77,100 ) $  (35,500 ) $  (25,200 )
  Increase in valuation allowance   77,100     35,500     25,200  
    $   -   $  -   $  -  

87



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

7.

INCOME TAXES (Continued)

   

Significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets are as follows:


      2009     2008     2007  
                     
  Deferred income tax asset $   323,100   $  (246,900 ) $  (211,400 )
  Valuation allowance   (323,100 )   246,900     211,400  
    $   -   $  -   $  -  

The Company has net mineral operating losses of approximately $953,227 (2008 - $726,303), which if unutilized, will expire through to 2029. Future tax benefits, which may arise as a result of these losses, have not been recognized in these financial statements and have been offset by a valuation allowance.

8.

CAPITAL STOCK

     
a)

Authorized

     

On March 23, 2009, by Articles of Amendment, the Company amended the number and class of shares authorized to be issued, as follows:

     

400,000,000 common shares, $0.001 par value (2008 – 100,000,000 shares);

     

100,000,000 preferred shares, $0.001 par value, and series as determined by directors (2008 – None).

     
b)

Issued, outstanding and fully paid

     

On September 30, 2009, the Company issued 38,775,366 shares of the Company’s common stock to settle debt totaling $581,630, as follows:


  $       SHARES  
             
Accounts payable $  91,657     6,110,496  
Notes payable   407,191     27,146,092  
Promissory note   82,782     5,518,778  
             
  $  581,630     38,775,366  

88



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Company has no significant commitments or contractual obligations with any parties respecting executive compensation, consulting arrangements, rental premises or other matters. Management services provided are on a month to month basis.

10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. ASC Topic 820-10 Fair Value Measurements also establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the valuation inputs into three broad levels. Based on the underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels. These levels are:

Level 1 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities traded in an active exchange market, as well as U.S. Treasury securities.

Level 2 - Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 - Valuation is determined using model-based techniques with significant assumptions not observable in the market.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company has no assets or liabilities subject to recurring measurement.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company has no assets or liabilities subject to non-recurring measurement.

89



TUSCANY MINERALS LTD.
(An Exploration Stage Company)
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008 AND 2007
(Stated in U.S. Dollars)

10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table reflects the fair value of financial instruments:

      FAIR     DECEMBER 31, 2009     DECEMBER 31, 2008  
      VALUE           ESTIMATED           ESTIMATED  
      INPUT     CARRYING     FAIR     CARRYING     FAIR  
      LEVEL     AMOUNT     VALUE     AMOUNT     VALUE  
  Financial Assets:                              
           Cash   Level 1   $  1,433   $  1,433   $  659   $  659  
  Financial Liabilities:                              
           Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   Level 2     25,191     25,191     109,156     109,156  
           Notes and accrued interest payable   Level 2     14,995     14,995     221,119     221,119  
           Promissory note and accrued interest payable   Level 2     256,844     256,844     320,687     320,687  

Due to the relatively short term nature of cash, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and notes and promissory note payable, the fair value of these instruments approximates their carrying value. Notes and promissory note are recorded at estimated fair value on issue and at amortized cost on an ongoing basis. The carrying amount of the Company’s note debt approximates the fair value.

11.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     

Management has evaluated subsequent events through April 26, 2010 and has determined that there are no reportable events except for the following:

     
a)

The Company did not repay the promissory note and accrued interest due January 28, 2010 (see Note 5). However on January 28, 2010 the Company entered into a loan extension agreement to extend the expiry date to July 28, 2010.

     
b)

On January 28, 2010, the Company issued a promissory note for a loan advance, payable to a company with a common officer of the Company, bearing 8% per annum, unsecured and payable on demand for $24, 341 ($25,763 CDN).

90


Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(A development stage enterprise)

Financial Statements
April 30, 2010

91



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc,

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as of April 30, 2010 and 2009 and the related statements of operations, cash flows, and stockholders' deficit for the year ended April 30, 2010 and the period from January 28, 2009 (inception) to April 30, 2009 as well as the period from January 28, 2009 (inception) to April 30, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. as of April 30, 2010 and 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows and the changes in stockholders' deficit for the periods then ended as well as the period from January 28, 2009 (inception) to April 30, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has not generated profits since inception, has incurred losses in developing its business, and further losses are anticipated. The Company requires additional funds to meet its obligations and the costs of its operations. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in this regard are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

DALE MATHESON CARR-HILTON LABONTE LLP
                                       CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

August 23, 2010
Vancouver, Canada

 
92



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
Balance Sheets

April 30,   2010     2009  
Assets            
Current            
     Cash $  11,775   $  20,857  
     GST recoverable   7,099     190  
             
    18,874     21,047  
Property and equipment (note 3)   495     170  
  $  19,369   $  21,217  
Liabilities            
             
Current            
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  5,095   $  -  
       Due to related parties (note 4)   548,127     83,820  
    553,222     83,820  
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)            
             
Common stock            
Authorized: unlimited common shares, no par value
100 common shares issued as of April 30, 2010 and 2009
  82
  82
Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (37,710 )   (2,543 )
Deficit   (496,225 )   (60,142 )
    (533,853 )   (62,603 )
  $  19,369   $  21,217  

Going concern (note 1)
Economic dependence (notes 1 and 4)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 
93



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Statement of operations

          From     From  
          January 28, 2009     January 28, 2009  
    Year ending     (inception) to     (inception) to  
    April 30, 2010     April 30, 2009     April 30, 2010  
                   
                   
Administrative and general expenses                  
       Depreciation $  307   $  163     470  
       Consulting fees   87,786     -     87,786  
       Interest and bank charges   367     123     490  
       Management fees   92,094     27,745     119,839  
       Office and administrative   630     612     1,242  
       Professional fees   328     2,573     2,901  
       Software development   234,725     25,533     260,258  
       Rent   18,100     1,608     19,708  
       Telephone and communications   494     227     721  
       Travel and promotion   1,252     1,558     2,810  
                   
    436,083     60,142     496,225  
                   
Loss before income taxes   (436,083 )   (60,142 )   (496,225 )
                   
Income taxes   -     -     -  
                   
Net loss $  (436,083 ) $  (60,142 )   (496,225 )
                   
Basic loss per share $  (4,361 ) $  (601 )      
                   
Weighted average shares outstanding   100     100        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 
94



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
Statements of Cash Flows

          From     From  
          January 28, 2009     January 28, 2009  
    Year ending     (inception) to     (inception) to
    April 30, 2010     April 30, 2009     April 30, 2010  
Cash provided by (used in)                  
                   
                   
Operating activities                  
     Net loss $  (436,083 ) $  (60,142 ) $  (496,225 )
     Add items not affecting cash:                  
         Depreciation   307     163     470  
     Change in non-cash working capital items:                  
         GST Recoverable   (6,909 )   (190 )   (7,099 )
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   5,095     -     5,095  
         Due to/from related parties   37,443     -     37,443  
                   
    (400,147 )   (60,169 )   (460,316 )
                   
Financing activities                  
     Issuance of share capital   -     82     82  
     Advances from related parties   426,864     83,820     510,684  
                   
    426,864     83,902     510,766  
                   
Investing activities                  
     Property and equipment additions   (632 )   (333 )   (965 )
                   
                   
Foreign currency translation adjustment   (35,167 )   (2,543 )   (37,710 )
                   
Net increase (decrease) in cash   (9,082 )   20,857     11,775  
                   
Cash, beginning   20,857     -     -  
                   
Cash, ending $  11,775   $  20,857   $  11,775  
                   
Supplemental cash flow disclosure                  
Cash paid for:                  
             Interest $  -   $  -        
             Income taxes paid $  -   $  -        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 
95



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                Accumulated              
                Other           Total  
    Number of           Comprehensive           Stockholders'  
    Common Shares     Capital Stock     Loss     Deficit     Equity (Deficit)  
January 28, 2009 (inception)                              
       Issued for cash, January 28, 2009   100   $  82   $  -   $  -   $  82  
       Currency translation adjustment   -     -     (2,543 )   -     (2,543 )
       Net loss for the period   -     -     -     (60,142 )   (60,142 )
April 30, 2009   100     82     (2,543 )   (60,142 )   (62,603 )
       Currency translation adjustment   -     -     (35,167 )   -     (35,167 )
       Net loss for the year   -     -     -     (436,083 )   (436,083 )
April 30, 2010   100   $  82   $  (37,710 ) $  (496,225 ) $  (533,853 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

96



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

1.

Incorporation and Operations

   

Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated on January 28, 2009 pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act of British Columbia, Canada.

   

The Company is in the business of developing and customizing software for use in Digital Media Kiosks. The Company generates revenue from the use of its software in the Digital Media Kiosks or from direct customization fees. The Company currently has one software licensing agreement with a related company inTouch Digital Media Inc. (inTouch). The Company's revenues are dependent on maintaining its relationship with inTouch and their use of the Company's software in its digital media advertising platforms.

   

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles applicable to a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company's ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon achieving profitable operations and upon obtaining additional debt or equity financing to fund further software and business development. The Company is dependent upon related party advances to finance the operations of the Company. These financial statements do not give effect to adjustments that may be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern and therefore be required to realize its assets and retire its liabilities in other than the normal course of business and at amounts that may be different from the reported carrying values.

   

Management's plans for the continuation of the Company as a going concern include a proposed transaction whereby the shares of the Company may be sold to a publicly traded company (note 6) . This would be intended to provide the Company access to financial markets and the ability to finance its operations through equity issuances. There are no assurances, however, with respect to the future success of these plans.

   
2.

Significant accounting policies

   

Presentation of Financial Statements

   

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), as defined in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 205. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management's knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, these estimates may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the fair value estimates of financial instruments; recognition of licensing revenue, recording of software development costs, deferred tax assets, useful lives of fixed assets and the going concern assessment.

   

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Exchange

   

The Company's functional currency is the Canadian dollar as substantially all of the Company's operations are currently based in Canada. The Company used the United States dollar as its reporting currency for consistency with registrants of the Securities and Exchange Commission and in accordance with the ASC topic 830 "Foreign Currency Translation".

   

Assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the year end and Equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive loss in the statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).


 
97



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

Transactions undertaken in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are translated using the exchange rate in effect as of the transaction date. Any gains and losses realized from these transactions would be reported in the statement of operations.

Loss Per Share

The Company computed basic and diluted loss per share amounts for April 30, 2010 and 2009 pursuant to the ASC topic 260, "Earnings per Share." There are no potentially dilutive shares outstanding and, accordingly, dilutive per share amounts have not been presented in the accompanying statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Upon achieving full commercial operation, the Company recognizes revenue from software licensing and customization when all of the following criteria are met: (1) the Company has evidence of an arrangement with a customer; (2) the Company delivers the specified products; (3) license agreement terms are fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or uncertainties that may alter the agreement such that it may not be complete and final; and (4) collection is probable.

The Company has granted a software license which provides for the right to receive payment of a royalty fee based on a percentage of revenues earned by the licensee from the use of the software. Royalty revenues arising from software licenses with an undefined or expected term exceeding three years are generally recognized as received or receivable if the other conditions noted above are satisfied.

To date, the Company has received $5,660 in royalties under an initial pilot program. These royalties have been recorded as a reduction of software development costs in the statement of operations.

Software Development Costs

The Company accounts for software development costs in accordance with ASC 985-20 Software- Cost of Software to Be Sold, Leased, whereby costs for the development of new software products and substantial enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time any additional costs are capitalized. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model.

To April 30, 2010, software development costs have been charged to operations as the technological feasibility has not been established.

In accordance with ASC 985-705 software modification costs to satisfy hardware upgrades and changes in system configurations are treated as maintenance costs. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred or recognized with related revenues, whichever occurs first.

Equipment and Depreciation

Equipment is recorded at cost and amortized using the declining-balance and straight-line method at rates determined to estimate the useful lives of the assets. The annual rates used in calculating depreciation are between 20% and 50%.

 
98



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recognized in accordance with ASC topic 740, "Accounting for Income Taxes", whereby deferred income tax liabilities or assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rates expected to be in effect when the taxes are actually paid or recovered. A valuation allowance is recognized on deferred tax assets when a more likely than not assertion for realization has not been established.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC topic 825, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments," requires disclosures of information regarding the fair value of certain financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the value. For purpose of this disclosure, the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced sale or liquidation. Amounts due to or from related parties are estimated to approximate fair value. However, there are no observable arms' length comparables for these fair value estimates.

Comprehensive Loss

ASC topic 220, "Reporting Comprehensive Income (loss)," establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in the financial statements. As of April 30, 2010 and 2009, the currency translation adjustment is the only item which impacts the Company's comprehensive loss.

Non-monetary transactions

ASC 845, "Non-monetary Transaction" is based on the principle that exchanges of non-monetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged or services received. ASC 845 provides an exception for exchanges of non-monetary assets that do not have commercial substance which would be recorded at the exchange value of the asset surrendered.

Recent accounting pronouncements (not yet adopted)

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2009-13, "Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force," which amends Topic 605: Revenue Recognition. This Update addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The amendments in the Update establish a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable and eliminate the residual method of allocation. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on vendor-specific objective evidence if available, third-party evidence if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, or estimated selling price if neither vendor-specific objective evidence nor third-party evidence is available. Vendors will be required to determine their best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis. The amendments in the Update will become effective prospectively in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of these pronouncements will have on its financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-14, "Certain Revenue Arrangements that include Software Elements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force," which amends Topic 985: Software to exclude from the scope all tangible products containing both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the product's essential functionality. In addition, if the software contained on the tangible product is essential to the tangible product's functionality, the software is excluded from the scope of the software revenue guidance. The amendments in the

 
99



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

Update will become effective prospectively in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of the new standard will have on its financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-16, which formally codifies SFAS No. 166, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement 140," which is a revision to Statement 140. Update 2009-16 will require more information about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminates the concept of a "qualifying special-purpose entity," changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and requires additional disclosures. The statement will become effective at the beginning of fiscal 2011 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, which formally codifies SFAS No. 167, "Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)," which is a revision to FIN 46 (R), and changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity's purpose and design and the reporting entity's ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity's economic performance. Statement 167 will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity's financial statements. The statement will become effective at the beginning of the Company's fiscal 2011 and is not expected to have a material effect on its financial statements.

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-17, "Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition—A Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force." The Update establishes a revenue recognition model for contingent consideration that is payable upon achievement of an uncertain event, referred to as a milestone. The statement (1) limits the scope of this Issue to research or development arrangements and (2) requires that certain guidance be met for an entity to apply the milestone method (record the milestone payment in its entirety in the period received). The guidance in this Issue will apply to milestones in multiple deliverable arrangements involving research or development transactions. The statement will become effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early application is permitted. Retrospective application to all prior periods is also permitted. The adoption of this statement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

3. Property and Equipment

            Accumulated     Net Book  
  April 30, 2010   Cost     Depreciation     Value  
  Computer hardware   268     44     224  
  Computer software   528     408     120  
  Office equipment   169     18     151  
                                                                                                                        $   965   $  470   $  495  

            Accumulated     Net Book  
  April 30, 2009   Cost     Depreciation     Value  
  Computer software   333     163     170  
                                                                                                                        $    333   $  163   $  170  

 
100



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

3. Related Party Transactions

      April 30,     April 30,  
  Due from related parties   2010     2009  
  Shareholder advances $  510,683   $  83,820  
  inTouch Digital Media Inc. ("inTouch"), a company with a director and shareholder in common   37,443     -  
    $  548,127   $  83,820  

Amounts due to related parties are unsecured, bear no interest and are due on demand.

      April 30,     April 30,  
  Transactions with related parties   2010     2009  
  Software development cost recovery, inTouch $  5,660   $  -  
  Rent, inTouch   (14,835 )   -  
  Software development, incurred with a company with a director in common   (79,171 )   -  
    $  (88,346 ) $  -  

All the above transactions are in the normal course of operations and have been valued at the exchange amount, which is the amount of consideration established and agreed to by the related parties. The Company relies upon key relationships with associated companies to provide office premises, contract software developers and the hardware for the digital media advertising platforms for testing and customization.

5.

Income taxes

   

Deferred income taxes arise from timing differences resulting from income and expense items reported for financial accounting and tax purposes in different periods. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of 100% of the deferred tax assets was made, and there are no deferred tax assets recognized as of April 30, 2010 and 2009.

   

The Company's potential deferred tax benefit differs from the "expected" tax benefit for the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009 (computed by applying the Canadian statuary tax rate of 29.5% (2009: 30.5%) to loss before taxes), as follows:


      April 30,     April 30,  
      2010     2009  
  Net loss before taxes $  (436,083 ) $  (60,142 )
               
  Expected income tax recovery   (128,645 )   (18,344 )
  Permanent differences   34     49  
  Impact of tax rate changes   19,618     3,300  
  Effect of change in foreign exchange rates   (8,780 )   (634 )
  Change in valuation allowance   117,773     15,629  
               
  Income tax expense (recovery) $  -   $  -  

 
101



Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
(a development stage enterprise)
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the periods ended April 30, 2010 and 2009

The effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets (liabilities) at April 30, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (2010 – 25%, 2009 – 25%):

      April 30,     April 30,  
      2010     2009  
  Available non-capital losses $  133,272   $  15,587  
  Equipment   131     42  
      133,403     15,629  
  Valuation allowance   (133,403 )   (15,629 )
  Net deferred tax assets $  -   $  -  

6.

Subsequent event

   

Subsequent to the year end, Management intends to enter into an arrangement whereby an affiliated public company would acquire 100% of the shares of the Company. The affiliated company is largely controlled by a common director and significant shareholder and the contemplated transaction would transfer ownership of the Company and capitalize all of this shareholder's debt owing by the Company. As of August 23, 2010 no formal written or verbal agreement had yet been entered into regarding the transaction.

   

Any agreement would be subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals.


 
102


QWICK MEDIA INC.

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States Dollars)

103



QWICK MEDIA INC.
 
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States dollars)

    QWICK                 PROFORMA        
    MEDIA     QEYOS AD           ADJUSTMENTS     PROFORMA  
    INC.     SYSTEMS INC           (Note 2)   CONSOLIDATED  
                               
ASSETS                              
                               
Current                              
         Cash $  1,486   $  16,505     c   $  2,000,000   $  2,017,991  
         Recoverable taxes   -     12,843           -     12,843  
         Investment in subsidiary   -     -     a     957,807     -  
                d     (957,807 )      
                               
Property and Equipment   -     5,656           -     5,656  
          -                    
                               
  $  1,486   $  35,004         $  2,000,000   $  2,036,490  
                               
LIABILITIES                              
                               
Current                              
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $  21,219   $  8,411         $  -   $  29,630  
         Notes and accrued interest payable   127,428     -     b     (127,428 )   -  
         Promissory note and accrued interest payable   271,009     -             271,009  
    419,656     8,411           (127,428 )   300,639  
                               
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY                              
(Note 3)                              
                               
Capital Stock   51,313     872,242     a     4,789     66,739  
                b     637        
                c     10,000        
                d     (872,242 )      
                               
Additional Paid-In Capital   606,317     -     a     953,018     3,676,126  
                b     126,791        
                c     1,990,000        
                               
                               
Deficit   (1,075,800 )   (845,649 )   d     (85,565 )   (2,007,014 )
    (418,170 )   26,593           2,127,428     1,735,851  
                               
  $  1,486   $  35,004         $  2,000,000   $  2,036,490  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma consolidated financial statements.

104



QWICK MEDIA INC.
 
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States dollars)

    QWICK                 PROFORMA        
    MEDIA     QEYOS AD           ADJUSTMENTS     PROFORMA  
    INC.     SYSTEMS INC           (Note 2)   CONSOLIDATED  
                               
Expenses                              
         Amortization and depreciation $  -   $  319                     $  -   $  319  
         Consulting fees   -     83,008           -     83,008  
         Filing and stock transfer fees   838     -           -     838  
         Foreign exchange   -     35,601           -     35,601  
         Interest and bank charges   17,961     310           -     18,271  
         Management fees   41,485     25,020           -     66,505  
         Office and administrative   2,048     6,907           -     8,955  
         Professional fees   60,241     16,272           -     76,513  
         Software development   -     363,458           -     363,458  
         Share transaction cost   -     -     d     85,565     85,565  
    122,573     530,895           -     739,033  
Net Loss   (122,573 )   (530,895 )         -     (739,033 )
                               
                               
Basic and Diluted Loss Per Common Share $  (0.00 ) $         $     $  (0.01 )
                               
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   51,313,366     100             66,739,541  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma consolidated financial statements.

105



QWICK MEDIA INC.
 
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States dollars)

    QWICK                 PROFORMA        
    MEDIA     QEYOS AD           ADJUSTMENTS     PROFORMA  
    INC.     SYSTEMS INC           (Note 2)   CONSOLIDATED  
                               
Expenses                              
         Amortization and depreciation $  -   $  -                       $  -   $  -  
         Consulting fees   -     11,066           -     11,066  
         Filing and stock transfer fees   8,088     -           -     8,088  
         Foreign exchange   18,456     13,703           -     32,159  
         Interest and bank charges   34,311     361           -     34,672  
         Management fees   55,657     108,892           -     164,549  
         Office and administrative   3,968     24,416           -     28,384  
         Professional fees   106,444     -           -     106,444  
         Software development   -     156,316           -     156,316  
         Share transaction cost   -     -     d     85,565     85,565  
    226,924     314,754           -     627,243  
Net Loss   (226,924 )   (314,754 )         -     627,243  
                               
                               
Basic and Diluted Loss Per Common Share $  (0.01 ) $         $     $  (0.02 )
                               
Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding   22,311,517     100             37,737,792  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these pro forma consolidated financial statements.

106



QWICK MEDIA INC.
 
PRO FORMA NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States dollars)

1.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

   

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements of Qwick Media Inc. (the “Company”) reflects financial information which gives pro forma effect to the issuance of common shares of the Company in exchange for a 100% controlling interest in Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. (the “Subsidiary” or “Qeyos”). These pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management giving effect to the share exchange agreement (the “Agreement”) dated January 28, 2011.

   

For accounting purposes, the acquisition is being accounted for as a common control transaction at historical values in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method since the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of the Company is also the chief executive officer and controlling shareholder of the Subsidiary.

   

You are being provided this information to aid in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Agreement. This information has been derived from the unaudited financial statements of the Subsidiary as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the unaudited financial statements of the Company for the respective periods. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information does not represent the results of operations that would have occurred had the Agreement been consummated on the dates indicated or the financial position for any future date or period. The Subsidiary and the Company do not assume any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness provided by the other party. This information should be read in conjunction with the companies’ respective historical financial statements and noted included thereto.

107



QWICK MEDIA INC.
 
PRO FORMA NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
(Unaudited)
(Stated in United States dollars)

2.

PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

     

The following unaudited proforma adjustments are included in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2010 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations and deficit for the nine months period then ended to reflect the acquisition of the Subsidiary by the Company:

     
a)

To record the issue of 4,789,035 of the Company’s common shares at $0.20 per share in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Subsidiary, pursuant to a Share Exchange Agreement dated January 28, 2011;

     
b)

To record the issue of 637,140 common shares at $0.20 per share pursuant to a debt settlement Agreement dated January 28, 2011; and

     
c)

To record the issue of 10,000,000 common shares at $0.20 per share pursuant to a private placement financing completed January 28, 2011 for gross proceeds of $2,000,000;

     
d)

To record the elimination of the investment in and the capital stock of the Subsidiary.

     
3.

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY


    COMMON STOCK              
    NUMBER                          
    OF           ADDITIONAL              
    COMMON     PAR     PAID-IN              
    SHARES     VALUE     CAPITAL     DEFICIT     TOTAL  
                               
December 31, 2009   51,313,366   $  51,313 $     606,317   $  (953,227 ) $  (295,597 )
Pro forma shares issued:                              
   For Qeyos   4,789,035     4,789     953,018     -     957,807  
   Debt settlement - notes payable   637,140     637     126,791     -     127,428  
   Private placement   10,000,000     10,000     1,990,000     -     2,000,000  
                               
Qeyos deficit as at December 31, 2009   -     -         (314,754 )   957,807  
                               
Net loss for the period                     (739,033 )   (226,924 )
                               
September 30, 2010   66,739,541   $  66,739$     3,676,126   $  (2,007,014 ) $  1,735,851  

108



ITEM 18 Financial Statements

Refer to “Item 17. Financial Statements”.

ITEM 19 Exhibits

The following exhibits are being filed as part of this shell company report, or are incorporated by reference where indicated:

Exhibit
Number

Description of Exhibit
1.1

Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 5, 2009)

1.2

Articles of Association (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our current report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 5, 2009)

4.1

Consulting Agreement with CHM Financial Services Inc. dated November 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC on April 29, 2010)

4.2

Promissory Note with In Touch Digital Media Inc. dated February 18, 2009

4.3

Promissory Note with In Touch Digital Media Inc. dated March 31, 2009 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to our registration statement on Form S-4 as filed with the SEC on April 9, 2009)

4.4

Promissory Note with In Touch Digital Media Inc. dated May 8, 2009 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to our quarterly report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC on May 15, 2009)

4.5

Form of Debt Settlement and Subscription Agreement, effective as of September 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 20-F as filed with the SEC on April 29, 2010)

4.6*

Share Exchange Agreement with Qeyos Ad Systems Inc. dated January 28, 2011

4.7*

Debt Settlement and Subscription Agreement dated January 28, 2011 with R. J. Tocher Holdings Ltd.

4.8*

Form of Private Placement Subscription Agreement

4.9*

2011 Stock Option Plan

8.1

Significant Subsidiary of our Company as at January 28, 2011 - Qeyos Ad Systems Inc., a British Columbia corporation

12.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

* Filed herewith

109


SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this shell company report on its behalf.

QWICK MEDIA INC.

By: /s/ Ross J. Tocher
Ross J. Tocher,
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 3, 2011

By: /s/ Kevin Kortje
 Kevin Kortje Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer
and Principal Accounting Officer)

Date: February 3, 2011

110



SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made effective as of the 28th day of January, 2011.

AMONG:

QWICK MEDIA INC. , a company incorporated pursuant to the laws of
the Cayman Islands and having an address at 780 – 333 Seymour Street,
Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 5A6

(the “ Purchaser ”)

AND:

R. J. TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated pursuant
to the laws of British Columbia and having an address at 780 – 333
Seymour Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B 5A6

- AND –

C. E. TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD. , a company incorporated pursuant
to the laws of British Columbia and having an address at 780 – 333
Seymour Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B 5A6

- AND –

SYDNEY JOHNSTON , of New Westminster, B.C. and having an
address for notice at 780 – 333 Seymour Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B
5A6

- AND –

EDGAR JACKSON , of Vancouver, B.C. and having an address for
notice at 780 – 333 Seymour Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B 5A6

- AND –

WILLIAM JACKSON , of Abbotsford, B.C. and having an address for
notice at 780 – 333 Seymour Street, Vancouver, B.C. V6B 5A6

(each a “ Shareholder ” and collectively the “ Shareholders ”)

AND:

QEYOS AD SYSTEMS INC. , a company incorporated pursuant to the
laws of British Columbia and having an address at 780 – 333 Seymour
Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 5A6

(the “ Target ”)


- 2 -

WHEREAS:

A.                     The Shareholders are the registered and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Target, being a total of 4,789,035common shares;

B.                     The Purchaser has made an offer to issue a total of 4,789,035common shares in the capital of the Purchaser to the Shareholders, allocated as set forth on Schedule “A” attached hereto, as consideration for the acquisition by the Purchaser of all of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of the Target; and

C.                     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Shareholder has agreed to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase from the Shareholder all of the Shareholder’s legal and beneficial interest in the common shares in the capital of the Target such that, at Closing (as defined herein), the Target will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Purchaser.

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
INTERPRETATION

1.1                Definitions

In this Agreement the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

  (a)

“Accounting Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(tt);

     
  (b)

“Affiliate” with respect to any specified Person at any time, means each Person directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person at such time;

     
  (c)

“Agreement” means this Share Exchange Agreement, and all of the schedules and other documents attached hereto, as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended;

     
  (d)

“Applicable Law” means, with respect to any Person, any domestic (whether federal, state, territorial, provincial, municipal or local) or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, Order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, decree or other requirement, all as in effect as of the Closing, of any Governmental Body applicable to such Person or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective properties, assets, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer’s, director’s, employee’s, consultant’s or agent’s activities on behalf of such Person or any of its Affiliates);

     
  (e)

“Applicable Securities Laws” means all applicable securities laws in all jurisdictions relevant to the issuance of securities of the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

     
  (f)

“Associate” means with respect to any Person (a) any other Person of which such Person is an officer, director or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities issued by such other Person, (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a ten percent (10%) or more beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any relative or



- 3 -

 

spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse who has the same home as such Person or who is a director or officer of such Person or any Affiliate thereof;

     
  (g)

“BC Act” means the British Columbia Securities Act;

     
  (h)

“BCI 51-509” means British Columbia Instrument 51-509 – Issuers Quoted in the U.S. Over-the-Counter Markets, as adopted by the British Columbia Securities Commission;

     
  (i)

“BC Legend” means the restrictive legend specified in BCI 51-509;

     
  (j)

“Business” means the business as heretofore or currently conducted by the Target;

     
  (k)

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in British Columbia, Canada or the Cayman Islands are authorized or required by law to close;

     
  (l)

“Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5;

     
  (m)

“Closing” means the closing of the Transaction pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on the Closing Date;

     
  (n)

“Closing Date” means January 28, 2011;

     
  (o)

“Consideration Shares” means, collectively, the 4,788,935 fully paid and non-assessable Purchaser Shares to be issued to the Shareholders on the Closing Date;

     
  (p)

“Contracts” means all contracts, agreements, options, leases, licences, sales and purchase orders, commitments and other instruments of any kind, whether written or oral, to which the Target is a party on the Closing Date;

     
  (q)

“Damages” means all demands, claims, actions, causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, judgments, awards, fines, sanctions, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement (net of insurance proceeds actually received), including (i) interest on cash disbursements in respect of any of the foregoing and (ii) reasonable costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other agents of, or other Persons retained by, such Person;

     
  (r)

“Disclosure Statement” means the Disclosure Statement of the Target to be signed and dated by the Target and delivered by the Target to the Purchaser at the Closing;

     
  (s)

“Encumbrances” means any lien, claim, charge, pledge, hypothecation, security interest, mortgage, title retention agreement, option or encumbrance of any nature or kind whatsoever, other than: (i) statutory liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and (ii) such imperfections of title, easements and encumbrances, if any, that will not result in a Material Adverse Effect;

     
  (t)

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;



- 4 -

  (u)

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis with prior years;

       
  (v)

“Governmental Body” means any

       
  (i)

nation, state, county, city, town, village, district, or other jurisdiction of any nature,

       
  (ii)

federal, state, provincial, local, municipal, foreign, or other government,

       
  (iii)

governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official, or entity and any court or other tribunal),

       
  (iv)

multi-national organization or body, or

       
  (v)

body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of any nature;

       
  (w)

“Legal Requirement” means any federal, state, provincial, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, or other administrative order, constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common law, regulation, statute or treaty;

       
  (x)

“Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person, any liability or obligation of such Person of any kind, character or description, whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, joint or several, due or to become due, vested or unvested, determined, determinable or otherwise and whether or not the same is required to be accrued on the financial statements of such Person;

       
  (y)

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, assignment, trust or deemed trust (whether contractual, statutory or otherwise arising), title defect or objection, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, restriction, Encumbrance or charge of any kind in respect of such asset;

       
  (z)

“Losses” means any and all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties, fines and reasonable attorneys, accountants and other professional fees and expenses, but excluding any indirect, consequential or punitive damages suffered by the Purchaser, the Target, or the Shareholder, including damages for lost profits or lost business opportunities;

       
  (aa)

“Material Contracts” means those subsisting commitments, contracts, instruments, leases and other agreements, oral or written, entered into by the Target, by which the Target is bound or to which it or its respective assets are subject which have total payment obligations on the part of the Target which exceed $5,000 or are for a term of or in excess of one (1) year;

       
  (bb)

“Material Adverse Effect”, when used in connection with an entity, means any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect that is materially adverse to the business, assets (including intangible assets), Liabilities, capitalization, ownership, financial condition or results of operations of such entity and all of its Affiliates, taken as a whole, other than any change, event, circumstance or effect to the extent resulting from



- 5 -

 

(A) the announcement of the execution of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) changes in legal or regulatory conditions generally affecting the Business, except that any change, effect, event or occurrence described in this subsection (B) will be considered in determining whether there has been, or will be, a Material Adverse Effect if the same disproportionately affects the Target or the Business, (C) changes or effects that generally affect the Business, (D) changes in general economic conditions or (E) changes in GAAP;

       
  (cc)

“Material Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1(pp);

       
  (dd)

“Order” means any award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Body or authority or by any arbitrator;

       
  (ee)

“Organizational Documents” means:

       
  (i)

the articles or certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of a corporation,

       
  (ii)

any charter or similar document adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation, or organization of a Person, and

       
  (iii)

any amendment to any of the foregoing;

       
  (ff)

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens for Taxes or governmental assessments, charges or claims the payment of which is not yet due, or for Taxes the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other similar Persons and other Liens imposed by Applicable Laws incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith; (iii) Liens relating to deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of leases, trade contracts or other similar agreements; (iv) Liens and Encumbrances specifically identified in the balance sheet included in the Target Financial Statements; (v) Liens securing executory obligations under any lease that constitutes an “operating lease” under GAAP; and (vi) other Liens set forth in the Disclosure Statement, provided, however, that, with respect to each of clauses (i) through (v), to the extent that any such Encumbrance or Lien arose prior to the date of the balance sheet included in the Target Financial Statements and relates to, or secures the payment of, a Liability that is required to be accrued under GAAP, such Encumbrance or Lien shall not be a Permitted Lien unless adequate accruals for such Liability have been established therefor on such balance sheet in conformity with GAAP;

       
  (gg)

“Person” includes an individual, corporation, body corporate, partnership, joint venture, association, trust or unincorporated organization or any trustee, executor, administrator or other legal representative thereof;

       
  (hh)

“Premises” means those premises that have been occupied or used, or are occupied or used, by the Target in connection with the Business;

       
  (ii)

“Proceeding” means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator;



- 6 -

  (jj)

“Purchaser Accounting Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11;

       
  (kk)

“Purchaser Disclosure Statement” has the meaning set forth in Article 5;

       
  (ll)

“Purchaser SEC Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10;

       
  (mm)

“Purchaser Shares” means the common shares in the capital stock of the Purchaser;

       
  (nn)

“Purchaser’s Solicitors” means the law firm of Clark Wilson LLP;

       
  (oo)

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act;

       
  (pp)

“Related Party” means, with respect to a particular individual:

       
  (i)

each other member of such individual’s Family,

       
  (ii)

any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled by such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family,

       
  (iii)

any Person in which such individual or members of such individual’s Family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a Material Interest, or

       
  (iv)

any Person with respect to which such individual or one or more members of such individual’s Family serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or trustee (or in a similar capacity), and

       
 

with respect to a specified Person other than an individual:

       
  (i)

any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is directly or indirectly under common control with such specified Person,

       
  (ii)

any Person that holds a Material Interest in such specified Person,

       
  (iii)

each Person that serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or trustee of such specified Person (or in a similar capacity),

       
  (iv)

any Person in which such specified Person holds a Material Interest,

       
  (v)

any Person with respect to which such specified Person serves as a general partner or a trustee (or in a similar capacity), and

       
  (vi)

any Related Person of any individual described in clause (ii) or (iii).

       
 

For purposes of this definition, (a) the “Family” of an individual includes (i) the individual; (ii) the individual’s spouse; (iii) any other natural person who is related to the individual or the individual’s spouse within the second degree; and (iv) any other natural person who resides with such individual, and (b) “Material Interest” means direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of voting securities or other voting interests representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding voting power of a Person or equity securities or other equity interests representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding equity securities or equity interests in a Person;



- 7 -

  (qq)

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

     
  (rr)

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

     
  (ss)

“Shares” means the 4,789,035common shares in the capital of the Target owned by the Shareholder, being all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Target;

     
  (tt)

“Target Financial Statements” means audited financial statements for the Target for the two fiscal years ended April 30, 2011 (the “Accounting Date”), and the comparative fiscal years, together with related statements of income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the fiscal years then ended, all prepared in accordance with GAAP and, with respect to the audited financial statements, audited by an independent auditor registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

     
  (uu)

“Tax” means any tax (including any income tax, capital gains tax, value-added tax, sales tax, property tax, gift tax or estate tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or other fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty, interest or addition to tax), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Governmental Body or payable pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement or any other contract relating to the sharing or payment of any such tax, levy, assessment, tariff, duty, deficiency or fee;

     
  (vv)

“Tax Return” means any return (including any information return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax;

     
  (ww)

“Transaction” means the acquisition by the Purchaser of the Shares from the Shareholder in exchange for the issuance of the Consideration Shares to the Shareholder;

     
  (xx)

“Transaction Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4; and

     
  (yy)

“U.S. Person” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Regulation S.

1.2                Schedule

The following are the schedules to this Agreement:

  Schedule “A” Allocation of Purchaser’s Shares among the
      Shareholders
  Schedule “B” Certificate of Non-U.S. Shareholder

1.3                Interpretation

For the purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein:

  (a)

all references in this Agreement to a designated Article, Section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision, or to a Schedule, is to the designated Article, section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision of, or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise specifically stated;



- 8 -

  (b)

the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, clause, subclause or other subdivision or Schedule;

     
  (c)

the singular of any term includes the plural and vice versa and the use of any term is equally applicable to any gender and where applicable to a body corporate;

     
  (d)

the word “or” is not exclusive and the word “including” is not limiting (whether or not non-limiting language such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or other words of similar import are used with reference thereto);

     
  (e)

all accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis with prior years;

     
  (f)

except as otherwise provided, any reference to a statute includes and is a reference to such statute and to the regulations made pursuant thereto with all amendments made thereto and in force from time to time, and to any statute or regulations that may be passed which have the effect of supplementing or superseding such statute or such regulations;

     
  (g)

where the phrase “to the best of the knowledge of” or phrases of similar import are used in this Agreement, it will be a requirement that the Person in respect of whom the phrase is used will have made such due enquiries as are reasonably necessary to enable such Person to make the statement or disclosure;

     
  (h)

the headings to the Articles and sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement and are not intended to interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof;

     
  (i)

any reference to a corporate entity includes and is also a reference to any corporate entity that is a successor to such entity;

     
  (j)

the parties acknowledge that this Agreement is the product of arm’s length negotiation between the parties, each having obtained its own independent legal advice, and that this Agreement will be construed neither strictly for nor strictly against any party irrespective of which party was responsible for drafting this Agreement;

     
  (k)

the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement will not merge at the Closing and will continue in full force and effect from and after the Closing Date for the applicable period set out in this Agreement; and

     
  (l)

unless otherwise specifically noted, all references to currency in this Agreement and in the Target Financial Statements are or will be to United States Dollars ($). If it is necessary to convert money from another currency to United States Dollars, such money will be converted using the exchange rates in effect at the date of payment.



- 9 -

ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE

2.1                Purchase and Sale of Shares

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser irrevocably agrees to purchase the Shares from the Shareholder and the Shareholder irrevocably agrees to sell, assign and transfer the Shares to the Purchaser, free and clear of all Encumbrances, on the terms and conditions herein set forth, in consideration for the issuance by the Purchaser of the Consideration Shares to the Shareholder, such that, at Closing, the Target will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Purchaser.

2.2                Consideration

As consideration for the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall allot and issue the Consideration Shares to the Shareholder as fully paid and non-assessable Purchaser Shares.

2.3                Fractional Securities

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no fractional Consideration Shares will be issued in the Transaction. In lieu of any such fractional securities, if the Shareholder is entitled to receive a fractional amount of Consideration Shares, the Shareholder will be entitled to have such fraction rounded up to the nearest whole number of applicable Consideration Shares and will receive from the Purchaser a certificate representing same.

2.4                Restricted Securities

The Shareholder acknowledges that the Consideration Shares issued pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement will have such hold periods as are required under Applicable Securities Laws, and, as a result, may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, except pursuant to an effective registration statement or prospectus, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration or prospectus requirements of Applicable Securities Laws and in each case only in accordance with all Applicable Securities Laws.

2.5                Exemptions

The Shareholder acknowledges that the Purchaser has advised the Shareholder that it is issuing the Consideration Shares to the Shareholder under exemptions from the prospectus and registration requirements of Applicable Securities Laws and, as a consequence, certain protections, rights and remedies provided by Applicable Securities Laws, including statutory rights of rescission or damages, will not be available to the Shareholder. To evidence the Shareholder’s eligibility for such exemptions, the Shareholder agrees to deliver a fully completed and executed Certificate of Non-U.S. Shareholder in the form attached hereto as Schedule “B” (the “Certificate”) to the Purchaser, and agrees that the representations and warranties set out in the Certificate as executed by the Shareholder will be true and complete on the Closing Date.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TARGET

As of the Closing Date, and except as set forth in the Target Financial Statements or the Disclosure Statement, or as otherwise provided for in any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Target makes the following representations to the Purchaser and acknowledges and agrees


- 10 -

that the Purchaser is relying upon such representations and warranties, each of which is qualified in its entirety by the matters described in the Disclosure Statement, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement:

3.1                Organization and Good Standing

The Target is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of British Columbia, with full corporate power, authority and capacity to conduct its business as presently conducted, to own or use the properties and assets that it purport to own or use, and to perform all of its obligations under any applicable contracts. The Target is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the failure to be so registered would be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

3.2                Capitalization

  (a)

The authorized capital of the Target consists of unlimited common Shares, of which 4,788,935 Shares are issued and outstanding as at the date hereof. All of the issued and outstanding Shares and other securities of the Target are owned of record and beneficially by the Shareholder, free and clear of all Encumbrances. All of the outstanding equity securities of the Target have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding equity securities or other securities of the Target, if any, were issued in violation of any Applicable Securities Laws or any other Legal Requirement. The Target does not own, or have any contract to acquire, any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business.

     
  (b)

The Shareholder owns and has good marketable title to the Shares, as the legal and beneficial owner thereof, free of all Encumbrances.

3.3                Absence of Rights to Acquire Securities

Other than as set out in this Agreement, no Person has any agreement, right or option, present or future, contingent, absolute or capable of becoming an agreement, right or option or which with the passage of time or the occurrence of any event could become an agreement, right or option:

  (a)

to require the Target to issue any further or other shares in its capital or any other security convertible or exchangeable into shares in its capital or to convert or exchange any securities into or for shares in the capital of the Target;

     
  (b)

for the issue or allotment of any unissued shares in the capital of the Target;

     
  (c)

to require the Target to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Target; or

     
  (d)

to acquire the Shares or any of them.

3.4                Authority

The Target has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any other documents contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) to be signed by the Target and to perform its respective obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents by the Target and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by


- 11 -

the board of directors of the Target. No other corporate or shareholder proceedings on the part of the Target is necessary to authorize such documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been, and the other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered by the Target as contemplated by this Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered by the Target and this Agreement is, and the other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered by the Target as contemplated hereby will be, valid and binding obligations of the Target, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except:

  (a)

as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally;

     
  (b)

as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies; and

     
  (c)

as limited by public policy.

3.5                No Conflict

Except as set out in the Disclosure Statement, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated herein will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time or both):

  (a)

contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any provision of the Organizational Documents of the Target, or any resolution adopted by the board of directors of the Target or the Shareholder;

     
  (b)

contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other Person the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated herein or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which the Target, or any of its respective assets, may be subject;

     
  (c)

contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw, suspend, cancel, terminate or modify, any governmental authorization that is held by the Target or that otherwise relates to the Business of, or any of the assets owned or used by, the Target;

     
  (d)

cause the Purchaser or the Target to become subject to, or to become liable for the payment of, any Tax;

     
  (e)

cause any of the assets owned by the Target to be reassessed or revalued by any taxing authority or other Governmental Body;

     
  (f)

contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate, or modify, any Material Contract;

     
  (g)

result in the imposition or creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the assets owned or used by the Target; or

     
  (h)

require the Target to obtain any consent from any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated herein.



- 12 -

3.6                Financial Statements

  (a)

The Target has, or will prior to closing have, delivered the Target Financial Statements to the Purchaser.

       
  (b)

The Target Financial Statements:

       
  (i)

are in accordance with the books and records of the Target;

       
  (ii)

present fairly the financial condition of the Target as of the respective dates indicated and the results of operations for such periods; and

       
  (iii)

have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and reflect the consistent application of GAAP throughout the periods involved.

       
  (c)

All material financial transactions of the Target have been accurately recorded in the books and records of the Target and such books and records fairly present the financial position and the affairs of the Target.

       
  (d)

Other than the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, the Target has no material Liabilities or obligations, net of cash, either direct or indirect, matured or unmatured, absolute, contingent or otherwise, that exceed $5,000, which:

       
  (i)

are not set forth in the Target Financial Statements or have not heretofore been paid or discharged;

       
  (ii)

did not arise in the regular and ordinary course of business under any agreement, contract, commitment, lease or plan specifically disclosed in writing to the Purchaser; or

       
  (iii)

have not been incurred in amounts and pursuant to practices consistent with past business practice, in or as a result of the regular and ordinary course of its business since the Accounting Date.

       
  (e)

Except to the extent reflected or reserved against in the Target Financial Statements or incurred subsequent to the Accounting Date in the ordinary and usual course of the business of the Target, the Target does not have any outstanding indebtedness or any Liabilities or obligations (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise), and any Liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary and usual course of business since the Accounting Date have not had a Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

       
  (f)

Since the Accounting Date, there have not been:

       
  (i)

any changes in the condition or operations of the business, assets or financial affairs of the Target which have caused, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the Target; or

       
  (ii)

any damage, destruction or loss, labour trouble or other event, development or condition, of any character (whether or not covered by insurance) which is not generally known or which has not been disclosed to the Purchaser, which has or may cause a Material Adverse Effect on the Target.



- 13 -

  (g)

Since the Accounting Date, and other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Target has not:

       
  (i)

transferred, assigned, sold or otherwise disposed of any of the assets shown or reflected in the Target Financial Statements or cancelled any debts or claims except in each case in the ordinary and usual course of business;

       
  (ii)

incurred or assumed any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent), except unsecured current obligations and Liabilities incurred in the ordinary and usual course of business;

       
  (iii)

issued or sold any shares in its capital or any warrants, bonds, debentures or other corporate securities or issued, granted or delivered any right, option or other commitment for the issue of any such or other securities;

       
  (iv)

discharged or satisfied any Encumbrances, or paid any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent), other than current Liabilities or the current portion of long term liabilities disclosed in the Target Financial Statements or current Liabilities incurred since the date thereof in the ordinary and usual course of business;

       
  (v)

declared, made, or committed itself to make any payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of any of its shares, nor has it purchased, redeemed, subdivided, consolidated, or reclassified any of its shares;

       
  (vi)

made any gift of money or of any assets to any Person;

       
  (vii)

purchased or sold any assets except in the ordinary and usual course of business;

       
  (viii)

amended or changed or taken any action to amend or change its Organizational Documents;

       
  (ix)

made payments of any kind to or on behalf of either the Shareholder or any Related Parties of the Shareholder, nor under any management agreement save and except business related expenses and salaries in the ordinary and usual course of business and at the regular rates payable to them;

       
  (x)

created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for money borrowed, or mortgaged, pledged or subjected any of the material assets or properties of the Target to any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, conditional sales contract or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever;

       
  (xi)

made or suffered any amendment or termination of any Material Contract, or cancelled, modified or waived any substantial debts or claims held by it or waived any rights of substantial value, other than in the ordinary course of business;

       
  (xii)

suffered any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had or may be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Target;

       
  (xiii)

other than in the ordinary course of business, increased the salaries or other compensation of, or made any advance (excluding advances for ordinary and necessary business expenses) or loan to, any of its employees or directors or



- 14 -

  made any increase in, or any addition to, other benefits to which any of its employees or directors may be entitled;
       
  (xiv)

adopted, or increased the payments to or benefits under, any profit sharing, bonus, deferred compensation, savings, insurance, pension, retirement, or other employee benefit plan for or with any employees of the Target; or

       
  (xv)

authorized or agreed or otherwise have become committed to do any of the foregoing.

       
  (h)

The Target has no guarantees, indemnities or contingent or indirect obligations with respect to the Liabilities or obligations of any other Person including any obligation to service the debt of or otherwise acquire an obligation of another Person or to supply funds to, or otherwise maintain any working capital or other balance sheet condition of any other Person.

       
  (i)

The Target is not a party to, bound by or subject to any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, license, permit, authorization, certification, instrument, statute, regulation, order, judgment, decree or law that would be violated or breached by, or under which default would occur or which could be terminated, cancelled or accelerated, in whole or in part, as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions provided for in this Agreement.

3.7                Subsidiaries

The Target has no subsidiaries.

3.8                Books and Records

The books of account, minute books, stock record books, and other records of the Target are complete and correct and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices, including the maintenance of an adequate system of internal controls. The minute books of the Target contain accurate and complete records of all meetings held, and corporate action taken by, the respective shareholders, board of directors, and committees of the board of directors of the Target, and no meeting of any such shareholders, board of directors, or committee has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of the Target.

3.9                Title to Personal Property and Encumbrances

The Target possesses, and has good and marketable title to all personal property necessary for the continued operation of the Business as presently conducted and as represented to the Purchaser, including all assets reflected in the Target Financial Statements or acquired since the Accounting Date. All such property is in reasonably good operating condition (normal wear and tear excepted), and is reasonably fit for the purposes for which such property is presently used. All material equipment, furniture, fixtures and other tangible personal property and assets owned or leased by the Target is owned by the Target free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as disclosed in the Disclosure Statement.

3.10                Title to Real Property and Encumbrances

The Target possesses, and has good and marketable title to all real property and leaseholds or other such interests necessary for the continued operation of the Business as presently conducted and as represented


- 15 -

to the Purchaser, including all assets reflected in the Target Financial Statements or acquired since the Accounting Date. All such property is in reasonably good operating condition (normal wear and tear excepted), and is reasonably fit for the purposes for which such property is presently used. All material real property and leaseholds are owned or leased by the Target free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as disclosed in the Disclosure Statement. The Target has delivered or made available, or will make available on request, to the Purchaser copies of the deeds and other instruments (as recorded) by which the Target acquired such real property and interests, and copies of all title insurance policies, opinions, abstracts and surveys in the possession of the Target and relating to such property or interests.

3.11                Accounts Receivable

All accounts receivable of the Target that are reflected on the balance sheet included in the Target Financial Statements or on the accounting records of the Target as of the Closing Date (collectively, the “Accounts Receivable”) have been recorded by the Target in accordance with its usual accounting practices consistent with prior periods and represent or will represent valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business. To the best of the knowledge of the Shareholder, the Accounts Receivable are or will be as of the Closing Date current and collectible net of the respective reserves shown on the balance sheet included in the Target Financial Statements or on the accounting records of the Target. The reserve taken for doubtful or bad debtor accounts is adequate based on the past experience of the Target and is consistent with the accounting procedures used in previous fiscal periods. There is nothing which would indicate that such reserves are not adequate or that a higher reserve should be taken. There is no contest, claim, or right of set-off, other than returns in the ordinary course of business, under any contract with any obligor of an Account Receivable relating to the amount or validity of such Account Receivable. The Disclosure Statement contains a complete and accurate list of all Accounts Receivable as of the date of the Financial Statements, which list sets forth the aging of such Accounts Receivable.

3.12                Material Contracts

The Target has made available all the present outstanding Material Contracts entered into by the Target in the course of carrying on the Business. Except as listed in the Disclosure Statement, the Target is not party to or bound by any other Material Contract, whether oral or written, and the contracts and agreements are all valid and subsisting, in full force and effect and unamended, no material default or violation exists in respect thereof on the part of the Target or, to the best of the knowledge of the Target, on the part of any of the other parties thereto. The Target is not aware of any intention on the part of any of the other parties thereto to terminate or materially alter any such contracts or agreements or any event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, will create a material breach or violation thereof or default under any such contracts or agreements. To the best knowledge of the Target, the continuation, validity, and effectiveness of each Material Contract will in no way be affected by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There exists no actual or threatened termination, cancellation, or limitation of, or any amendment, modification, or change to any Material Contract.

3.13                Tax Matters

  (a)

The Target has filed or caused to be filed all Tax Returns that are or were required to be filed by or with respect to it, either separately or as a member of a group of corporations, pursuant to all applicable statutes and other Legal Requirements. The Target has made available to the Purchaser copies of all such Tax Returns filed by the Target. Except as described in the Disclosure Statement, the Target has not given or been requested to give waivers or extensions (or is or would be subject to a waiver or extension given by any other Person) of any statute of limitations relating to the payment by the Target or for which the Target may be liable.



- 16 -

  (b)

All Taxes that the Target is or was required to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been paid to the proper Governmental Body or other Person.

     
  (c)

All Tax Returns filed by (or that include on a consolidated basis) the Target are true, correct, and complete. There is no tax sharing agreement that will require any payment by the Target after the date of this Agreement.

     
  (d)

The Target has paid all Taxes that have become or are due with respect to any period ended on or prior to the date hereof and has established an adequate reserve therefore in the Target Financial Statements for those Taxes not yet due and payable, except for (i) any Taxes the non-payment of which will not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Target, and (ii) such Taxes, if any, as are listed in the Disclosure Statement and are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves (determined in accordance with GAAP) have been provided in the Target Financial Statements.

     
  (e)

The Target is not presently under, or has received notice of, any contemplated investigation or audit by any regulatory or government agency or body or any foreign or state taxing authority concerning any fiscal year or period ended prior to the date hereof.

     
  (f)

The Target Financial Statements contain full provision for all Taxes including any deferred Taxes that may be assessed to the Target.

3.14                No Agents

The Target warrants to the Purchaser that no broker, agent or other intermediary has been engaged by any of the Target in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and, consequently, no commission is payable or due to a third party from the Target.

3.15                Consents

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, no authorization, approval, order, license, permit or consent of any Governmental Body, regulatory body, agency, other authority or any Person, including any governmental department, commission, bureau, board or administrative agency or court, and no registration, declaration or filing by the Target with any such Governmental Body, regulatory body or agency or court is required in order for the Target to:

  (a)

consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

     
  (b)

execute and deliver all of the documents and instruments to be delivered by the Shareholder under this Agreement;

     
  (c)

duly perform and observe the terms and provisions of this Agreement; or

     
  (d)

render this Agreement legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

3.16                Compliance with Legal Requirements

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement:

  (a)

the Target is, and at all times has been, in full compliance with all of the terms and requirements of each governmental authorization required for the operation of the Business;



- 17 -

  (b)

no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may (with or without notice or lapse of time) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a violation of or a failure to comply with any term or requirement of any governmental authorization required for the operation of the Business or may result directly or indirectly in the revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, or termination of, or any modification to, any governmental authorization required for the operation of the Business;

     
  (c)

the Target has not received, except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Governmental Body or any other Person regarding any actual, alleged, possible, or potential violation of or failure to comply with any term or requirement of any governmental authorization, or any actual, proposed, possible, or potential revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination of, or modification to any governmental authorization; and

     
  (d)

all applications required to have been filed for the renewal of the governmental authorizations required for the operation of the Business have been duly filed on a timely basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies, and all other filings required to have been made with respect to such governmental authorizations have been duly made on a timely basis with the appropriate Governmental Bodies.

3.17                Legal Proceedings

  (a)

Other than as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, there is no pending Proceeding:

       
  (i)

that has been commenced by or against the Target or that otherwise relates to or may affect the Business, or any of the assets owned or used by, the Target; or

       
  (ii)

that challenges, or that may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated herein.

       
  (b)

To the knowledge of the Target and the Shareholder, no Proceeding has been threatened, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists that may give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding.

       
  (c)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement:

       
  (i)

there is no Order to which either of the Target, the Business, or any of the assets owned or used by either of them, is subject; and

       
  (ii)

no officer, director, agent, or employee of the Target is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent, or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity, or practice relating to the Business.

3.18                Insurance

  (a)

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, all insurance policies to which the Target a party or that provides coverage to the Target, or to any director or officer of the Target:

     
 

(i)

are valid, outstanding, and enforceable;
     
 

(ii)

are issued by an insurer that is financially sound and reputable;


- 18 -

  (iii)

taken together, provide adequate insurance coverage for the assets and the operations of the Target for all risks normally insured against by a Person carrying on the same business as the Target;

     
  (iv)

are sufficient for compliance with all Legal Requirements and contracts to which the Target is a party or by which is bound;

     
  (v)

will continue in full force and effect following the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; and

     
  (vi)

do not provide for any retrospective premium adjustment or other experienced- based liability on the part of the Target.


  (b)

The Target has not received (a) any refusal of coverage or any notice that a defense will be afforded with reservation of rights, or (b) any notice of cancellation or any other indication that any insurance policy is no longer in full force or effect or will not be renewed or that the issuer of any policy is not willing or able to perform its obligations thereunder.

     
  (c)

The Target has paid all premiums due, and has otherwise performed all of its respective obligations, under each policy to which the Target is a party or that provides coverage to the Target or any director thereof.

     
  (d)

The Target has given prompt notice to its insurers of all claims or possible claims that may be insured by any of its respective policies.

3.19                Indebtedness to Target

Except for (i) the payment of salaries and reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses in the ordinary and usual course, or (ii) amounts disclosed in the Disclosure Statement or the Target Financial Statements, the Target is not indebted to the Shareholder, any Related Party of the Shareholder or any directors, officers or employees of the Target, on any account whatsoever.

3.20                Certain Payments

Since the Accounting Date, neither the Target nor any director, officer, agent, or employee of the Target, nor any other Person associated with or acting for or on behalf of the Target, has directly or indirectly:

  (a)

made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services:

       
  (i)

to obtain favorable treatment in securing business;

       
  (ii)

to pay for favorable treatment for business secured;

       
  (iii)

to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of the Target or any Related Party of the Target; or

       
  (iv)

in violation of any Legal Requirement; or

       
  (b)

established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of the Target



- 19 -

3.21                Undisclosed Information

  (a)

The Target does not have any specific information relating to the Target which is not generally known or which has not been disclosed to the Purchaser and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Target.

     
  (b)

No representation or warranty of the Target in this Agreement and no statement in the Disclosure Statement omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

3.22                Intellectual Property

The Target does not hold any intellectual property assets.

3.23                Other Representations

All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Target pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be deemed to be representations and warranties of the Target hereunder.

3.24                Survival

With the exception of the representations and warranties of the Target set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.4 hereto, the representations and warranties of the Target hereunder will not survive the Closing.

3.25                Reliance

The Target and the Shareholder acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser has entered into this Agreement relying on the warranties and representations and other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, notwithstanding any independent searches or investigations that have been or may be undertaken by or on behalf of the Purchaser, and that no information which is now known or should be known or which may hereafter become known by the Purchaser or its officers, directors or professional advisers, on the Closing Date, will limit or extinguish the right to indemnification hereunder.

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER

4.1                The Shareholder acknowledges, represents and warrants to the Purchaser, and acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying upon such acknowledgements, representations and warranties in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, notwithstanding any investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchaser, as follows:

  (a)

the Shareholder is the registered and beneficial owner of the Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances, and the Shareholder has no interest, legal or beneficial, direct or indirect, in any other shares of, or the assets or business of, the Target, except as previously disclosed to the Purchaser; and

     
  (b)

the Shareholder has the power and capacity and good and sufficient right and authority to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions herein set forth and to transfer the beneficial title and ownership of the Shares to the Purchaser.



- 20 -

4.2                Except as provided for in this Agreement, the Shareholder is agreeing to waive all rights held by the Shareholder under prior agreements, including shareholder agreements, pertaining to the Shares and the Shareholder will remise, release and forever discharge the Purchaser and its respective directors, officers, employees, successors, solicitors, agents and assigns from any and all obligations to the Shareholder under any such prior agreements.

4.3                The representations and warranties of the Shareholder hereunder will survive the Closing and the issuance of the Consideration Shares and, notwithstanding the Closing and the issuance of the Consideration Shares or the waiver of any condition by the Purchaser, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Target will (except where otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement) survive the Closing and will continue in full force and effect indefinitely.

ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

As of the Closing Date and except as set forth in the disclosure statement signed and dated by the Purchaser and delivered by the Purchaser to the Target at Closing (the “Purchaser Disclosure Statement”) or as otherwise provided for in any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Purchaser makes the following representations to the Target, and the Purchaser acknowledges that the Target is relying upon such representations and warranties, each of which is qualified in its entirety by the matters described in the Purchaser Disclosure Statement, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, as follows:

5.1                Organization and Good Standing

The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with full corporate power, authority and capacity to conduct its business as presently conducted, to own or use the properties and assets that it purports to own or use, and to perform all its obligations under any applicable contracts. The Purchaser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which either the ownership or use of the properties owned or used by it, or the nature of the activities conducted by it, requires such qualification.

5.2                Capitalization

The entire authorized capital stock of the Purchaser consists of 400,000,000 Purchaser Shares with a par value of $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 preferred shares with a par value of $0.001 per share of which 51,313,366 Purchaser Shares are currently issued and outstanding and no preferred shares are currently outstanding. Except as set out in this Agreement and the Purchaser Disclosure Statement, there are no outstanding options, warrants, subscriptions, conversion rights, or other rights, agreements, or commitments obligating the Purchaser to issue any additional Purchaser Shares, or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire from the Purchaser any Purchaser Shares. There are no agreements purporting to restrict the transfer of any of the issued and outstanding Purchaser Shares, no voting agreements, shareholders’ agreements, voting trusts, or other arrangements restricting or affecting the voting of any of the Purchaser Shares to which the Purchaser is a party or of which the Purchaser is aware.

5.3                Authority

The Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to be signed by the Purchaser and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents by


- 21 -

the Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by the board of directors of the Purchaser. No other corporate or shareholder proceedings on the part of the Purchaser are necessary to authorize such documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been, and the other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered by the Purchaser as contemplated by this Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and this Agreement is, and the other Transaction Documents when executed and delivered by the Purchaser as contemplated hereby will be, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser enforceable in accordance with their respective terms except:

  (a)

as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally;

     
  (b)

as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief of other equitable remedies; and

     
  (c)

as limited by public policy.

5.4                Validity of Consideration Shares Issuable upon the Transaction

The Consideration Shares to be issued to the Shareholder at Closing will, upon issuance, have been duly and validly authorized and, the Consideration Shares when so issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

5.5                Non-Contravention

Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, will:

  (a)

conflict with, result in a violation of, cause a default under (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) or give rise to a right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation contained in or the loss of any material benefit under, or result in the creation of any Lien, security interest, charge or Encumbrance upon any of the material properties or assets of the Purchaser under any term, condition or provision of any loan or credit agreement, note, debenture, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit, license, judgment, Order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser or its material property or assets;

     
  (b)

violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of the Purchaser or any Applicable Laws; or

     
  (c)

violate any Order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule, or regulation of any court or Governmental Body applicable to the Purchaser or any of its material property or assets.

5.6                Corporate Records of the Purchaser

The corporate records of the Purchaser, as required to be maintained by it pursuant to the laws of the Cayman Islands, are accurate, complete and current in all material respects, and the minute books of the Purchaser are, in all material respects, correct and contain all material records required by the laws of the Cayman Islands in regards to all proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors of the Purchaser.


- 22 -

5.7                Actions and Proceedings

Except as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents, to the best knowledge of the Purchaser, there is no basis for and there is no claim, charge, arbitration, grievance, action, suit, judgment, demand, investigation or Proceeding by or before any court, arbiter, administrative agency or other Governmental Body now outstanding or pending or, to the best knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened against or affecting the Purchaser which involves any of the business, property or assets of the Purchaser that, if adversely resolved or determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchaser. There is no reasonable basis for any claim or action that, based upon the likelihood of its being asserted and its success if asserted, would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchaser.

5.8                Compliance

  (a)

To the best knowledge of the Purchaser, the Purchaser is in compliance with, is not in default or violation in any material respect under, and has not been charged with or received any notice at any time of any material violation of any Applicable Laws related to the business or operations of the Purchaser.

     
  (b)

To the best knowledge of the Purchaser, the Purchaser is not subject to any judgment, Order or decree entered in any lawsuit or Proceeding applicable to its business and operations that would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchaser.

     
  (c)

The Purchaser has duly filed all reports and returns required to be filed by it with Governmental Bodies and has obtained all governmental permits and other governmental consents, except as may be required after the execution of this Agreement. All of such permits and consents are in full force and effect, and no Proceedings for the suspension or cancellation of any of them, and no investigation relating to any of them, is pending or to the best knowledge of the Purchaser, threatened, and none of them will be affected in a material adverse manner by the consummation of the Transaction.

5.9                Filings, Consents and Approvals

No filing or registration with, no notice to and no permit, authorization, consent, or approval of any public or Governmental Body or any other Person is necessary for the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated herein or to continue to conduct its business after the Closing Date in a manner which is consistent with that in which it is presently conducted.

5.10                SEC Filings

The Purchaser has furnished or made available to the Shareholder a true and complete copy of each report, Schedule “B”nd registration statement filed by the Purchaser with the SEC (collectively, and as such documents have since the time of their filing been amended, the “Purchaser SEC Documents”). As of their respective dates, the Purchaser SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Purchaser SEC Documents. The Purchaser SEC Documents constitute all of the documents and reports that the Purchaser was required to file with the SEC and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC. The SEC has not initiated any inquiry, investigation or Proceeding in respect of the Purchaser and the Purchaser is not aware of any event and does not have any information which would result in the SEC initiating an inquiry, investigation or Proceeding or otherwise affect the registration of the Purchaser Shares.


- 23 -

5.11                Financial Representations

Included with the Purchaser SEC Documents are true, correct, and complete copies of audited consolidated balance sheets for the Purchaser dated as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and unaudited consolidated balance sheets for the Purchaser for the interim period ended September 30, 2011 (the “Purchaser Accounting Date”) and the comparative interim period ended September 30, 2009, together with related statements of income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for the fiscal years and interim periods then ended (collectively, the “Purchaser Financial Statements”). The Purchaser Financial Statements:

  (a)

are in accordance with the books and records of the Purchaser;

     
  (b)

present fairly the financial condition of the Purchaser as of the respective dates indicated and the results of operations for such periods; and

     
  (c)

have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Purchaser has not received any advice or notification from its independent certified public accountants that the Purchaser has used any improper accounting practice that would have the effect of not reflecting or incorrectly reflecting in the Purchaser Financial Statements or the books and records of the Purchaser, any properties, assets, Liabilities, revenues, or expenses. The books, records and accounts of the Purchaser accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, the assets and Liabilities of the Purchaser. The Purchaser has not engaged in any transaction, maintained any bank account, or used any funds of the Purchaser, except for transactions, bank accounts and funds which have been and are reflected in the normally maintained books and records of the Purchaser.

5.12                Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

The Purchaser has no material Liabilities or obligations either direct or indirect, matured or unmatured, absolute, contingent or otherwise, other than: (i) payments contemplated by this Agreement to be made by the Purchaser at Closing, and (ii) reasonable accounting and legal fees of the Purchaser incurred in connection with the Transaction which are as set out in a schedule of Liabilities of the Purchaser to be delivered to the Target at the Closing.

5.13                Tax Matters

  (a)

As of the date hereof:

       
  (i)

the Purchaser has timely filed all tax returns in connection with any Taxes which are required to be filed on or prior to the date hereof, taking into account any extensions of the filing deadlines which have been validly granted to it, and

       
  (ii)

all such returns are true and correct in all material respects.

       
  (b)

The Purchaser has paid all Taxes that have become or are due with respect to any period ended on or prior to the date hereof and has established an adequate reserve therefore on its balance sheets for those Taxes not yet due and payable, except for any Taxes the non- payment of which will not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchaser.

       
  (c)

The Purchaser is not presently under and has not received notice of, any contemplated investigation or audit by any regulatory or government agency or body or any foreign or state taxing authority concerning any fiscal year or period ended prior to the date hereof.



- 24 -

  (d)

All Taxes required to be withheld on or prior to the date hereof from employees for income Taxes, social security Taxes, unemployment Taxes and other similar withholding Taxes have been properly withheld and, if required on or prior to the date hereof, have been deposited with the appropriate Governmental Body.

     
  (e)

To the best knowledge of the Purchaser, the Purchaser Financial Statements contain full provision for all Taxes including any deferred Taxes that may be assessed to the Purchaser for the accounting period ended on the Purchaser Accounting Date or for any prior period in respect of any transaction, event or omission occurring, or any profit earned, on or prior to the Purchaser Accounting Date or for which the Purchaser is accountable up to such date and all contingent Liabilities for Taxes have been provided for or disclosed in the Purchaser Financial Statements.

5.14                Absence of Changes

Since the Purchaser Accounting Date, except as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents and except as contemplated in this Agreement, the Purchaser has not:

  (a)

incurred any Liabilities, other than Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or discharged or satisfied any Lien or Encumbrance, or paid any Liabilities, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or failed to pay or discharge when due any Liabilities of which the failure to pay or discharge has caused or will cause any Material Adverse Effect to it or any of its assets or properties;

     
  (b)

sold, encumbered, assigned or transferred any material fixed assets or properties;

     
  (c)

created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any indebtedness for money borrowed, or mortgaged, pledged or subjected any of the material assets or properties of the Purchaser to any mortgage, Lien, pledge, security interest, conditional sales contract or other Encumbrance of any nature whatsoever;

     
  (d)

made or suffered any amendment or termination of any material agreement, contract, commitment, lease or plan to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or cancelled, modified or waived any substantial debts or claims held by it or waived any rights of substantial value, other than in the ordinary course of business;

     
  (e)

declared, set aside or paid any dividend or made or agreed to make any other distribution or payment in respect of the Purchaser Shares or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired or agreed to redeem, purchase or acquire any of the Purchaser Shares;

     
  (f)

suffered any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had a Material Adverse Effect on its business, operations, assets, properties or prospects;

     
  (g)

suffered any material adverse change in its business, operations, assets, properties, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise);

     
  (h)

received notice or had knowledge of any actual or threatened labour trouble, termination, resignation, strike or other occurrence, event or condition of any similar character which has had or might have a Material Adverse Effect on its business, operations, assets, properties or prospects;



- 25 -

  (i)

made commitments or agreements for capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments exceeding in the aggregate $5,000;

     
  (j)

other than in the ordinary course of business, increased the salaries or other compensation of, or made any advance (excluding advances for ordinary and necessary business expenses) or loan to, any of its employees or directors or made any increase in, or any addition to, other benefits to which any of its employees or directors may be entitled;

     
  (k)

entered into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

     
  (l)

agreed, whether in writing or orally, to do any of the foregoing.

5.15                Absence of Certain Changes or Events

Since the Purchaser Accounting Date, except as and to the extent disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents, there has not been:

  (a)

a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Purchaser; or

     
  (b)

any material change by the Purchaser in its accounting methods, principles or practices.

5.16                Personal Property

There are no material equipment, furniture, fixtures or other tangible personal property and assets owned or leased by the Purchaser, except as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents. The Purchaser possesses, and has good and marketable title to all property necessary for the continued operation of the business of the Purchaser as presently conducted and as represented to the Shareholder. All such property is used in the business of the Purchaser. All such property is in reasonably good operating condition (normal wear and tear excepted), and is reasonably fit for the purposes for which such property is presently used. All material equipment, furniture, fixtures and other tangible personal property and assets owned or leased by the Purchaser are owned by the Purchaser free and clear of all Liens, security interests, charges, Encumbrances and other adverse claims, except as previously disclosed to the Shareholder.

5.17                Insurance

The assets owned by the Purchaser are insured under various policies of general product liability and other forms of insurance consistent with prudent business practices. All such policies are in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, no notice of cancellation has been received, and there is no existing default by the Purchaser, or any event which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default thereunder. All premiums to date have been paid in full.

5.18                Employees and Consultants

To the best knowledge of the Purchaser, no employee of the Purchaser is in violation of any term of any employment contract, non-disclosure agreement, non-competition agreement or any other contract or agreement relating to the relationship of such employee with the Purchaser or any other nature of the business conducted or to be conducted by the Purchaser.


- 26 -

5.19                Real Property

The Purchaser does not own any real property. Each of the leases, subleases, claims or other real property interests (collectively, the “Purchaser Leases”) to which the Purchaser is a party or is bound, as disclosed in writing to the Shareholder or as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents, is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect in all material respects. All rental and other payments required to be paid by the Purchaser pursuant to any such Purchaser Leases have been duly paid and no event has occurred which, upon the passing of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default by any party under any of the Purchaser Leases. The Purchaser Leases will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect on identical terms following the Closing Date. The Purchaser has not assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust or encumbered any interest in the Purchaser Leases or the leasehold property pursuant thereto.

5.20                Material Contracts and Transactions

Other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, there are no material contracts, agreements, licenses, permits, arrangements, commitments, instruments or understandings, whether written or oral, express or implied, contingent, fixed or otherwise, to which the Purchaser is a party (the “Purchaser Contracts”), except as previously disclosed to the Shareholder or as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents. The Purchaser has made available to the Shareholder each Purchaser Contract. Each Purchaser Contract is in full force and effect, and there exists no material breach or violation of or default by the Purchaser under any Purchaser Contract, or any event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both, will create a material breach or violation thereof or default under any Purchaser Contract by the Purchaser. To the best knowledge of the Purchaser, the continuation, validity and effectiveness of each Purchaser Contract will in no way be affected by the consummation of the Transaction. There exists no actual or threatened termination, cancellation or limitation of, or any amendment, modification or change to, any Purchaser Contract.

5.21                Certain Transactions

Except as previously disclosed to the Shareholder or as disclosed in the Purchaser SEC Documents, the Purchaser is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any Person.

5.22                Internal Accounting Controls

The Purchaser maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

5.23                Listing and Maintenance Requirements

The Purchaser is currently quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and has not, in the 12 months preceding the date hereof, received any notice from the OTC Bulletin Board or FINRA or any trading market on which the Purchaser Shares are or have been listed or quoted, to the effect that the Purchaser is not in compliance with the quoting, listing or maintenance requirements of the OTC Bulletin Board or such other trading market. No securities commission or other regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the trading of the Purchaser Shares or prohibiting the issuance of the


- 27 -

Consideration Shares to be delivered hereunder, and, to the Purchaser’s knowledge, no Proceedings for such purpose are pending or threatened.

5.24                No SEC or FINRA Inquiries

Neither the Purchaser nor any of its past or present officers or directors is the subject of any formal or informal inquiry or investigation by the SEC or FINRA. The Purchaser currently does not have any outstanding comment letters or other correspondences from the SEC or FINRA. The Purchaser does not reasonably know of any event or have any information which would result in the SEC or FINRA initiating an inquiry, investigation or Proceeding or otherwise affect the Purchaser.

5.25                No Agents

The Purchaser warrants to the Shareholder that no broker, agent or other intermediary has been engaged by the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and consequently, no commission is payable or due to a third party from the Purchaser.

5.26                Undisclosed Information

  (a)

The Purchaser does not have any specific information relating to the Purchaser which is not generally known or which has not been disclosed to the Shareholder and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchaser.

     
  (b)

To the Purchaser’s knowledge, no representation or warranty of the Purchaser in this Agreement and no statement in the Purchaser Disclosure Statement omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

5.27                Other Representations

All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Purchaser pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Purchaser hereunder.

5.28                Survival

With the exception of the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 hereto, the representations and warranties of the Purchaser hereunder will not survive the Closing.

5.29                Reliance

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Target and the Shareholder have entered into this Agreement relying on the warranties and representations and other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, notwithstanding any independent searches or investigations that have been or may be undertaken by or on behalf of the Target or the Shareholder, and that no information which is now known or should be known or which may hereafter become known by the Target or the Shareholder, or their respective professional advisers, on the Closing Date, will limit or extinguish the right to indemnification hereunder.


- 28 -

ARTICLE 6
CLOSING

6.1                Closing Date and Location

The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be completed at 10:00 a.m. (Pacific time) on the Closing Date, at the offices of the Purchaser’s Solicitors, or at such other location and time as is mutually agreed to by the Purchaser and the Target. Notwithstanding the location of the Closing, each party agrees that the Closing may be completed by the exchange of undertakings between the respective legal counsel for the Purchaser and the Target, provided such undertakings are satisfactory to each party’s respective legal counsel.

6.2                Target and Shareholder Closing Documents

On the Closing Date, the Target and the Shareholder will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Purchaser the documents set forth in Section 7.1 and such other documents as the Purchaser may reasonably require to perfect the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.3                Purchaser Closing Documents

On the Closing Date, the Purchaser will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Target the documents set forth in Section 8.1 and such other documents as the Target may reasonably require to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE 7
PURCHASER’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

7.1                Purchaser’s Conditions

The obligation of the Purchaser to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the satisfaction of, or compliance with, at or before the Closing Date, of the conditions precedent set forth below. The Closing of the Transaction will be deemed to mean a waiver of all conditions to Closing. These conditions precedent are for the benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived by the Purchaser in its discretion:

  (a)

the representations and warranties of the Target and the Shareholder set forth in this Agreement will be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the Closing Date and with the same effect as if made at and as of the Closing Date and the Purchaser will have received:

       
  (i)

from the Target, a certificate executed by an officer of the Target certifying that the representations and warranties of the Target set forth in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as at the Closing Date; and

       
  (ii)

from the Shareholder, completed and executed copies of the required Certificate;

       
  (b)

approval of the board of directors of the Purchaser and the Target being obtained;

       
  (c)

the Target and the Shareholder will have performed and complied with all of their respective material obligations, covenants and agreements required hereunder;

       
  (d)

this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and all other documents necessary or reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and



- 29 -

 

substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, will have been executed and delivered to the Purchaser;

       
  (e)

the Purchaser will be reasonably satisfied that its due diligence, analysis and other customary examinations that it has performed regarding the financial position of and the business of the Target are consistent, in all material respects, with the representations and warranties of the Target and the Shareholder set forth in this Agreement;

       
  (f)

no injunction or restraining order of any court or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction will be in effect prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no action or Proceeding will have been instituted or be pending before any court or administrative tribunal to restrain or prohibit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

       
  (g)

no claim will have been asserted or made that any Person (other than the Purchaser or the Shareholder) is the holder or the beneficial owner of, or has the right to acquire or to obtain beneficial ownership of, any of the Shares, or any other voting, equity, or ownership interest in, the Target, or (other than the Shareholder) is entitled to all or any portion of the Consideration Shares;

       
  (h)

no Material Adverse Effect will have occurred with respect to the Business or the Shares;

       
  (i)

all consents, renunciations, authorizations or approvals of third parties, which, in the Purchaser’s reasonable opinion must be obtained prior to the Closing in order to give effect to the purchase of the Shares and the other transactions contemplated herein, must be obtained to the Purchaser’s satisfaction or in accordance with the relevant agreements, covenants or applicable law;

       
  (j)

the Purchaser shall have received a copy of the Target Financial Statements from the Target and the Purchaser and its accountants will be reasonably satisfied with their review of the Target Financial Statements; and

       
  (k)

the Purchaser will have received from the Target, the following closing documentation:

       
  (i)

a certified copy of resolutions of the directors of the Target authorizing the transfer of the Shares to the Purchaser, the registration of the Shares in the name of the Purchaser and the issue of share certificates representing the Shares registered in the name of the Purchaser;

       
  (ii)

a certified copy of the central securities register of the Target showing the Purchaser as the registered owner of the Shares;

       
  (iii)

all such instruments of transfer, duly executed, which in the opinion of the Purchaser acting reasonably are necessary to effect and evidence the transfer of the Shares to the Purchaser free and clear of all Encumbrances; and

       
  (iv)

the corporate minute books and all other books and records of the Target.

7.2                Waiver/Survival

The conditions set forth in this Article 7 are for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived by the Purchaser in writing in whole or in part on or before the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any such waiver, the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not prejudice or affect in


- 30 -

any way the rights of the Purchaser in respect of the warranties and representations of the Target and the Shareholder in this Agreement, and the representations and warranties of the Target and the Shareholder in this Agreement will survive the Closing and issuance of the Consideration Shares for the applicable period set out in Sections 3.24 and 4.3, as applicable.

7.3                Covenant of the Target and the Shareholder

The Target and the Shareholder covenant to deliver all of the closing documentation set out in Section 7.1.

ARTICLE 8
TARGET’S CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

8.1                Target’s Conditions

The obligation of the Target and the Shareholder to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be subject to the satisfaction of, or compliance with, at or before the Closing Date, of the conditions precedent set forth below. The Closing of the Transaction will be deemed to mean a waiver of all conditions to Closing. These conditions precedent are for the benefit of the Target and may be waived by the Target in its discretion:

  (a)

the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement will be true, correct and complete in all respects as of the Closing Date and with the same effect as if made at and as of Closing and the Target will have received from the Purchaser a certificate executed by an officer of the Purchaser certifying that the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as at the Closing Date;

     
  (b)

the Purchaser will have performed and complied with all of the obligations, covenants and agreements to be performed and complied with by it hereunder;

     
  (c)

this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and all other documents necessary or reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Target will have been executed and delivered to the Target;

     
  (d)

the Target and its accountants will be reasonably satisfied with their review of the Purchaser Financial Statements;

     
  (e)

all consents, renunciations, authorizations or approvals of third parties, which, in the Target’s reasonable opinion are necessary to give effect to the transactions contemplated herein, must be obtained to the Target’s satisfaction or in accordance with the relevant agreements, covenants or applicable law;

     
  (f)

no Material Adverse Effect will have occurred with respect to the business of the Purchaser;

     
  (g)

the Consideration Shares will have been delivered in accordance with Section 6.3; and

     
  (h)

no injunction or restraining order of any court or administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction will be in effect prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and no action or proceeding will have been instituted or be pending before any court or administrative tribunal to restrain or prohibit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



- 31 -

8.2                Waiver/Survival

The conditions set forth in this Article 8 are for the exclusive benefit of the Target and the Shareholder and may be waived by the Target and the Shareholder in writing in whole or in part on or before the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any such waiver, completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Target and the Shareholder will not prejudice or affect in any way the rights of the Target and the Shareholder in respect of the warranties and representations of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement, and the representations and warranties of the Purchaser in this Agreement will survive the Closing and issuance of the Consideration Shares for the applicable period set out in Section 5.28.

8.3                Covenant of the Purchaser

The Purchaser covenants to deliver all of the closing documentation set out in Section 8.1.

ARTICLE 9
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PRIOR TO CLOSING

9.1                Conduct

Except as otherwise contemplated or permitted by this Agreement, or as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Target will do the following:

  (a)

conduct the Business in the ordinary and usual course and in a continuous fashion and will not, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser:

       
  (i)

enter into any transaction which would constitute a breach of the Target’s or Shareholder’s representations, warranties or agreements contained herein,

       
  (ii)

increase the salaries or other compensation of, or make any advance (excluding advances for ordinary and necessary business expenses) or loan to, any of its Employees, officers or directors or make any increase in, or any addition to, other benefits to which any of its Employees, officers or directors may be entitled,

       
  (iii)

create, incur, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for money borrowed, or mortgaged or pledged by the Target or a third party, and will not subject any of the material assets or properties of the Target to any mortgage, lien, pledge, security interest, conditional sales contract or other Encumbrance related to any such indebtedness for money borrowed,

       
  (iv)

declare, set aside or pay any dividend or make or agree to make any other distribution or payment in respect of the Target’s capital shares or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire or agree to redeem, purchase or acquire any of the Target’s capital shares or equity securities, or

       
  (v)

pay any amount (other than salaries in the ordinary course of business) to any Related Party of the Target or the Shareholder;

       
  (b)

comply with all laws affecting the operation of the Business and pay all required Taxes;

       
  (c)

not take any action or omit to take any action which would, or would reasonably be expected to, result in a breach of or render untrue any representation, warranty, covenant or other obligation of the Target or the Shareholder contained herein;



- 32 -

  (d)

use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact the Business and the assets, operations and affairs of the Target and carry on the Business and the affairs of the Target substantially as currently conducted, and use commercially reasonable efforts to promote and preserve for the Purchaser the goodwill of suppliers, customers and others having business relations with the Target;

     
  (e)

take all necessary actions, steps and proceedings that are necessary to approve or authorize, or to validly and effectively undertake, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

     
  (f)

otherwise respond reasonably promptly to reasonable requests from the Purchaser for information concerning the status of the Business, operations, and finances of the Target; and

     
  (g)

comply with the provisions of Article 10 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 10
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

10.1                Purchaser Private Placement

At or prior to Closing, the Purchaser will complete a private placement of Purchaser Shares for gross proceeds of a minimum of $600,000 and a maximum of $1,500,000, at a price of $0.20 per Purchaser Share.

10.2                Board of Directors of the Purchaser

In connection with the Closing, the current director of the Purchaser will adopt resolutions increasing the size of the Purchaser’s board of directors to three (3) persons, and will appoint two nominees of the Target to the Purchaser’s board of directors, with such increase in number of directors and director appointments to be effective as of the Closing.

10.3                Notification of Financial Liabilities

The Shareholder and the Target will immediately notify the Purchaser in accordance with Section 13.4 hereof, if the Target receives any advice or notification from its independent certified public accountants that the Target has used any improper accounting practice that would have the effect of not reflecting or incorrectly reflecting in the books, records, and accounts of the Target, any properties, assets, Liabilities, revenues, or expenses.

10.4                Consents

The parties covenant and agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consents, renunciations and approvals of third parties which are necessary to the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, provided that such consents, renunciations or approvals may be validly given by such third parties in accordance with relevant agreements, covenants or applicable law.


- 33 -

10.5                Exclusivity

Until such time, if any, as this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article 11, the Shareholder and the Target (through their advisors, directors, bankers, employees, shareholders, agents or otherwise) will not, directly or indirectly:

  (a)

solicit, initiate, encourage, facilitate or discuss any proposition, offer, inquiry, submission or proposal from any other Person concerning the purchase of whatever part of the issued and outstanding Shares, other securities, significant elements of assets of the Target or any merger, reorganization, arrangement, capitalization or any other form of business merger implicating, directly or indirectly, the Target or the Business (a “Proposed Transaction”); or

     
  (b)

enter into any agreement, discussions or negotiations with any Person, company or other entity with respect to a Proposed Transaction.

The Target and the Shareholder will inform the Purchaser of all propositions, offers, bids or information requests that they might receive regarding a Proposed Transaction and must provide the Purchaser with all relevant information in their possession.

10.6                Access for Investigation

  (a)

Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Target will:

       
  (i)

afford the Purchaser, the Purchaser’s Solicitors and the Purchaser’s representatives, advisors, prospective lenders and their representatives (collectively, the “Purchaser’s Advisors”) full and free access to the Target’s personnel, properties, contracts, books and records, and other documents and data, in each case during normal business hours, upon a reasonable number of occasions, upon reasonable notice and in a manner calculated to minimize disruption of the Business;

       
  (ii)

furnish the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Advisors with copies of all such contracts, books and records, and other existing documents and data, as the Purchaser may reasonably request; and

       
  (iii)

furnish the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Advisors with such additional financial, operating, and other data and information, as the Purchaser may reasonably request.

       
  (b)

Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Purchaser will:

       
  (i)

afford the Shareholder and its representatives, legal and advisors and prospective lenders and their representatives (collectively, the “Shareholder’s Advisors”) full and free access to the Purchaser’s personnel, properties, contracts, books and records, and other documents and data, in each case during normal business hours, upon a reasonable number of occasions, upon reasonable notice and in a manner calculated to minimize disruption of the Purchaser’s business;

       
  (ii)

furnish the Shareholder and the Shareholder’s Advisors with copies of all such contracts, books and records, and other existing documents and data, as the Shareholder may reasonably request; and



- 34 -

  (iii)

furnish the Shareholder and the Shareholder’s Advisors with such additional financial, operating, and other data and information, as the Shareholder may reasonably request.

10.7                Required Approvals

  (a)

As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, the Target will make all filings required by Legal Requirements to be made by it in order to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Target and the Shareholder will cooperate with the Purchaser with respect to all filings that the Purchaser elects to make or is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

     
  (b)

As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, the Purchaser will make all filings required by Legal Requirements to be made by it in order to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The Purchaser will (i) provide the Shareholder with copies of all correspondence with Governmental Bodies relating to such Legal Requirements, (ii) allow the Shareholder to participate on all discussions or meetings (whether in person or via phone or other technology) with Governmental Bodies relating to such Legal Requirements, and (iii) provide the Shareholder with reasonable notice of each of the foregoing, and a reasonable opportunity to participate in the process where appropriate.

10.8                Notification

Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, each of the parties hereto will promptly notify the other parties hereto in writing if any such party becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth herein, as of the date of this Agreement, or if such party becomes aware of the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. Should any such fact or condition require any change in the Disclosure Statement if the Disclosure Statement were dated the date of the occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, the Target and the Shareholder will promptly deliver to the Purchaser a supplement to the Disclosure Statement specifying such change. During the same period, each party hereto will promptly notify the other parties hereto of the occurrence of any breach of any covenant set forth herein or of the occurrence of any event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein impossible or unlikely.

10.9                Best Efforts

Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the parties will use their best efforts to cause the conditions contained in this Agreement to be satisfied.

10.10                Disclosure of Confidential Information

  (a)

Until the Closing Date and, if this Agreement is terminated without consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, then after such termination, the Purchaser, the Target and the Shareholder will maintain in confidence, will cause their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, and advisors to maintain in confidence, and will not use to the detriment of another party or divulge to any third parties, other than their respective legal and financial advisors, auditors, representatives and any other Governmental Bodies



- 35 -

having jurisdiction, any confidential written, oral, or other information obtained during the course of the investigations in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein, unless:

  (i)

such information is already known to such party or to others not bound by a duty of confidentiality or such information becomes publicly available through no fault of such party;

     
  (ii)

the use of such information is necessary or appropriate pursuant to the rules of any stock exchange or in making any filing or obtaining any consent or approval required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein; or

     
  (iii)

the furnishing or use of such information is required by or necessary or appropriate in connection with legal proceedings.

10.11                Public Notices

The parties agree that they will not release or issue any reports or statements or make any public announcements relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein without the prior written consent of the other party, except as may be required upon written advice of counsel to comply with applicable laws or regulatory requirements after consulting with the other party hereto and seeking their reasonable consent to such announcement.

ARTICLE 11
TERMINATION

11.1                Termination

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date by:

  (a)

mutual agreement of the Purchaser and the Target;

     
  (a)

the Purchaser, if there has been a material breach by the Target or the Shareholder of any material representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement on the part of the Target or the Shareholder that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser, within ten (10) business days after notice of such breach is given by the Purchaser (except that no cure period will be provided for a breach by the Target or the Shareholder that, by its nature, cannot be cured);

     
  (b)

the Target, if there has been a material breach by the Purchaser of any material representation, warranty, covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement on the part of the Purchaser that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Shareholder, within ten (10) business days after notice of such breach is given by the Target or the Shareholder (except that no cure period will be provided for a breach by the Purchaser that by its nature cannot be cured);

     
  (c)

the Purchaser or the Target if any permanent injunction or other order of a Governmental Body of competent authority preventing the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement has become final and non-appealable; or

     
  (d)

if the transactions contemplated herein have not been consummated prior to the Closing Date, unless otherwise extended by the written agreement of the parties hereto.



- 36 -

11.2                Effect of Termination

In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 11.1, this Agreement will be of no further force or effect, provided, however, that no termination of this Agreement will relieve any party of liability for any breaches of this Agreement that are based on a wrongful refusal or failure to perform any obligations under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12
INDEMNITIES

12.1                Agreement of the Purchaser to Indemnify

The Purchaser will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless, to the full extent of the law, the Shareholder from, against, and in respect of any and all Losses asserted against, relating to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Shareholder by reason of, resulting from, based upon or arising out of:

  (a)

the material breach by the Purchaser of any representation or warranty of the Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; or

     
  (b)

the material breach or partial breach by the Purchaser of any covenant or agreement of the Purchaser made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

12.2                Agreement of the Target and the Shareholder to Indemnify

The Target and the Shareholder will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless, to the full extent of the law, the Purchaser from, against, and in respect of any and all Losses asserted against, relating to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Purchaser by reason of, resulting from, based upon or arising out of:

  (a)

the material breach by the Target or the Shareholder of any representation or warranty of the Target or the Shareholder contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; or

     
  (b)

the material breach or partial breach by the Target or the Shareholder of any covenant or agreement of the Target or the Shareholder made in or pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

12.3                Third Party Claims

  (a)

If any third party notifies a party entitled to indemnification under Section 12.1 or 12.2 (each an “Indemnified Party”) with respect to any matter (a “Third-Party Claim”) which may give rise to an indemnity claim against a party required to indemnify such Indemnified Party under Section 12.1 or 12.2 (each an “Indemnifying Party”), then the Indemnified Party will promptly give written notice to Indemnifying Party; provided, however, that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying the Indemnifying Party will relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation under this Article 12, except to the extent such delay actually and materially prejudices the Indemnifying Party.

     
  (b)

The Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim that is the subject of a notice given by the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 12.3(a). In addition, the Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Third-Party Claim with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to



- 37 -

 

the Indemnified Party so long as (i) the Indemnifying Party gives written notice to the Indemnified Party within fifteen days after the Indemnified Party has given notice of the Third-Party Claim that the Indemnifying Party elects to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim, (ii) the Indemnifying Party provides the Indemnified Party with evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have adequate financial resources to defend against the Third-Party Claim and fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) if the Indemnifying Party is a party to the Third-Party Claim or, in the reasonable opinion of the indemnified Party some other actual or potential conflict of interest exists between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party determines in good faith that joint representation would not be inappropriate, (iv) the Third-Party Claim does not relate to or otherwise arise in connection with Taxes or any criminal or regulatory enforcement action, (v) settlement of, an adverse judgment with respect to or the Indemnifying Party’s conduct of the defense of the Third-Party Claim is not, in the good faith judgment of the Indemnified Party, likely to be materially adverse to the Indemnified Party’s reputation or continuing business interests (including its relationships with current or potential customers, suppliers or other parties material to the conduct of its business) and (vi) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently. The Indemnified Party may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of separate co-counsel retained by the Indemnified Party that are incurred prior to Indemnifying Party’s assumption of control of the defense of the Third-Party Claim.

     
  (c)

The Indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any compromise or settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party unless such judgment, compromise or settlement (i) provides for the payment by the Indemnifying Party of money as sole relief for the claimant, (ii) results in the full and general release of the Indemnified Party from all liabilities arising or relating to, or in connection with, the Third-Party Claim and (iii) involves no finding or admission of any violation of Legal Requirements or the rights of any Person and has no effect on any other claims that may be made against the Indemnified Party.

     
  (d)

If the Indemnifying Party does not deliver the notice contemplated by Section 12.3(b)(i), or the evidence contemplated by Section 12.3(b)(ii), within fifteen days after the Indemnified Party has given notice of the Third-Party Claim, or otherwise at any time fails to conduct the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently, the Indemnified Party may defend, and may consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any compromise or settlement with respect to, the Third-Party Claim in any manner it may deem appropriate; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party will not be bound by the entry of any such judgment consented to, or any such compromise or settlement effected, without its prior written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event that the Indemnified Party conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim pursuant to this Section 12.3(d), the Indemnifying Party will (i) advance the Indemnified Party promptly and periodically for the costs of defending against the Third-Party Claim (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and (ii) remain responsible for any and all other Losses that the Indemnified Party may incur or suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of or caused by the Third-Party Claim to the fullest extent provided in this Article 12.



- 38 -

12.4                Exclusive Remedy

After the Closing, this Article 12 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any inaccuracy of any representation and warranty, or breach of any covenant obligation, made in connection with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 13
GENERAL

13.1                Expenses

All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be paid by the party incurring such expenses, provided that the Purchaser and the Target acknowledge and agree that each of the parties’ costs will be paid from the proceeds of a financing to be undertaken by the Purchaser in connection this Transaction.

13.2                Indemnifications Not Affected by Investigation

The right to indemnification, payment of damages or other remedy based on the representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations contained herein will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of damages, or other remedy based on such representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations.

13.3                Assignment

No parties to this Agreement may assign any of their respective rights under this Agreement without the prior consent of each of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties, as applicable. Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors and assigns, as applicable.

13.4                Notices

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing and may be given by delivering, sending by electronic facsimile transmission or other means of electronic communication capable of producing a printed copy, or sending by prepaid registered mail, the notice to the following address or number:


- 39 -

If to the Purchaser:  
   
                                       Qwick Media Inc.
                                       780 – 333 Seymour Street
                                       Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6
   
                                       Attention: J. Stephen Barley
                                       Telephone: (604) 657-9733
                                       Facsimile: (778) 370-1720
   
                                       With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:
   
                                       Clark Wilson LLP
                                       Barristers & Solicitors
                                       Suite 800 – 885 West Georgia Street
                                       Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3H1
   
                                       Attention: Virgil Z. Hlus
                                       Telephone: (604) 687-5700
                                       Facsimile: (604) 687-6314
   
If to the Shareholder or to the Target:
   
                                       Qeyos Ad Systems Inc.
                                       780 – 333 Seymour Street
                                       Vancouver, BC V6B 5A6
   
                                       Attention: Ross Tocher
                                       Telephone: (778) 370-1715
                                       Facsimile: (778) 370-1720

(or to such other address or number as any party may specify by notice in writing to another party).

Any notice delivered or sent by electronic facsimile transmission or other means of electronic communication capable of producing a printed copy on a business day will be deemed conclusively to have been effectively given on the day the notice was delivered, or the transmission was sent successfully to the number set out above, as the case may be.

Any notice sent by prepaid registered mail will be deemed conclusively to have been effectively given on the third business day after posting; but if at the time of posting or between the time of posting and the third business day thereafter there is a strike, lockout, or other labour disturbance affecting postal service, then the notice will not be effectively given until actually delivered.

13.5                Governing Law; Venue

This Agreement, the legal relations between the parties and the adjudication and the enforcement thereof, shall be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the Province of British Columbia without regard to applicable choice of law provisions thereof. The parties hereto agree that any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby will be brought in a suitable court located in the Province of British Columbia and each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts.


- 40 -

13.6                Severability

If any covenant or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, then such covenant or other provision will be severed from and will not affect any other covenant or other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable covenant or provision had never been contained in this Agreement. All other covenants and provisions of this Agreement will, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect and no covenant or provision will be deemed dependent upon any other covenant or provision unless so expressed herein.

13.7                Entire Agreement

This Agreement, the schedules attached hereto and the other documents in connection with this transaction contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior arrangements and understandings, both written and oral, expressed or implied, with respect thereto. Any preceding correspondence or offers are expressly superseded and terminated by this Agreement.

13.8                Further Assurances

The parties will execute and deliver all such further documents, do or cause to be done all such further acts and things, and give all such further assurances as may be necessary to give full effect to the provisions and intent of this Agreement.

13.9                Enurement

This Agreement and each of the terms and provisions hereof will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

13.10                Amendment

This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties.

13.11                Schedules and Disclosure Statements

The schedules attached, the Disclosure Statement and the Purchaser Disclosure Statement provided pursuant to this Agreement are incorporated herein.


- 41 -

13.12                Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which will together constitute one and the same instrument and delivery of an executed copy of this Agreement by electronic facsimile transmission or other means of electronic communication capable of producing a printed copy will be deemed to be execution and delivery of this Agreement as of the date set forth on page one of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

    Signed by Edgar Jackson
QWICK MEDIA INC.    
     
    X/s/ Edgar Jackson
Per: /s/ J. Stephen Barley  
  J. Stephen Barley  
    In the presence of:
     
QEYOS AD SYSTEMS INC.    
    Witness Name:
     
Per: /s/ Ross Tocher  
  Ross Tocher  
    Signed by William Jackson
R.J. TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD.    
     
    X/s/ William Jackson
Per: /s/ Ross Tocher  
  Ross Tocher  
    In the presence of:
     
C.E. TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD.    
     
    Witness Name:
Per: /s/ signed  
  Authorized Signatory  
     
     
Signed by Sydney Johnston    
     
     
X /s/ Sydney Johnston    
     
     
In the presence of:    
     
   
Witness Name    



- 42 -
 
 
 
SCHEDULE “A”
 
 
QWICK MEDIA INC.
780 – 333 Seymour Street
Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 5A6
778-370-1715

January 28, 2011

TREASURY ORDER

Pacific Stock Transfer Company
500 E. Warm Springs Rd, Suite 240
Las Vegas, NV 89119

Dear Sirs:

You are hereby authorized and directed to issue certificates for common shares in the capital of Tuscany Minerals Ltd. (the “Corporation”) to the persons named in Schedule AA for the number of shares set opposite its name for a total of 4,789,035 shares.

The undersigned certifies that the said shares have been allotted to the entity set forth in Schedule A, that the Corporation has received the full consideration therefor, and that they are therefore, fully paid and non-assessable.

Please prepare the certificates as set forth in Schedule AA.

On behalf of the Board of Directors
of QWICK MEDIA INC.

__________________________
Director

Dated as of January 28, 2011.


- 43 -

SCHEDULE AA

Tuscany Minerals, Ltd.

NAME OF PURCHASER NUMBER OF SHARES
R J TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD.
C/O SUITE 780 – 333 SEYMOUR STREET
VANCOUVER, BC V6B 5A6

100
C.E. TOCHER HOLDINGS LTD.
C/O SUITE 780 – 333 SEYMOUR STREET
VANCOUVER, BC V6B 5A6

2,288,935
SYDNEY JOHNSTON
C/O SUITE 780 – 333 SEYMOUR STREET
VANCOUVER, BC V6B 5A6

1,250,000
EDGAR JACKSON
C/O SUITE 780 – 333 SEYMOUR STREET
VANCOUVER, BC V6B 5A6

625,000
WILLIAM JACKSON
C/O SUITE 780 – 333 SEYMOUR STREET
VANCOUVER, BC V6B 5A6

625,000
TOTAL: 4,789,035

Please insert the following legend on the share certificates:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN OFFERED IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED HEREIN) PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "1933 ACT").

NONE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, UNLESS SO REGISTERED, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED HEREIN) OR TO U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT, PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND IN EACH CASE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED


- 44 -

UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT. "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" ARE AS DEFINED BY REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT.

UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITIES IN OR FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA UNLESS THE CONDITIONS IN SECTION 12(2) OF BC INSTRUMENT 51-509 ISSUERS QUOTED IN THE U.S. OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET ARE MET.

SCHEDULE “B”

CERTIFICATE OF NON-U.S. SHAREHOLDER

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings given to such terms in that certain Share Exchange Agreement dated January 28, 2011 among the Purchaser, the Target and all of the shareholders of the Target, including the undersigned. In connection with the issuance of the Consideration Shares to the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees, acknowledges, represents and warrants that:

     1. the undersigned is not a “U.S. Person” as such term is defined by Rule 902 of Regulation S (the definition of which includes, but is not limited to, an individual resident in the U.S. and an estate or trust of which any executor or administrator or trust, respectively is a U.S. Person and any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the U.S.);

     2. none of the Consideration Shares have been or will be registered under the Securities Act, or under any state securities or “blue sky” laws of any state of the United States, and may not be offered or sold in the United States or, directly or indirectly, to U.S. Persons, as that term is defined in Regulation S, except in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and in compliance with any Applicable Securities Laws;

     3. offers and sales of any of the Consideration Shares prior to the expiration of a period of six months after the date of original issuance of the Consideration Shares (the six month period hereinafter referred to as the “Distribution Compliance Period”) shall only be made in compliance with the safe harbor provisions set forth in Regulation S, pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that all offers and sales after the Distribution Compliance Period shall be made only in compliance with the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom and in each case only in accordance with applicable state and foreign securities laws;

     4. the undersigned will not engage in any hedging transactions involving any of the Consideration Shares unless such transactions are in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and in each case only in accordance with Applicable Securities Laws;

     5. the undersigned is acquiring the Consideration Shares for investment only and not with a view to resale or distribution and, in particular, it has no intention to distribute either directly or indirectly any of the Consideration Shares in the United States or to U.S. Persons;

     6. the undersigned has not acquired the Consideration Shares as a result of, and will not itself engage in, any directed selling efforts (as defined in Regulation S) in the United States in respect of the Consideration Shares which would include any activities undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the resale of


- 45 -

any of the Consideration Shares; provided, however, that the undersigned may sell or otherwise dispose of the Consideration Shares pursuant to registration thereof under the Securities Act and any Applicable Securities Laws or under an exemption from such registration requirements;

     7. the statutory and regulatory basis for the exemption claimed for the sale of the Consideration Shares, although in technical compliance with Regulation S, would not be available if the offering is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any Applicable Securities Laws;

     8. except as set out in the Agreement, the Purchaser has not undertaken, and will have no obligation, to register any of the Consideration Shares under the Securities Act;

     9. the Purchaser is entitled to rely on the acknowledgements, agreements, representations and warranties of the undersigned contained in the Agreement and this Certificate, and the undersigned will hold harmless the Purchaser from any loss or damage either one may suffer as a result of any such acknowledgements, agreements, representations and/or warranties made by the undersigned not being true and correct;

     10. the undersigned has been advised to consult its own respective legal, tax and other advisors with respect to the merits and risks of an investment in the Consideration Shares and, with respect to applicable resale restrictions, is solely responsible (and the Purchaser is not in any way responsible) for compliance with applicable resale restrictions;

     11. the undersigned and the undersigned’s advisor(s) have had a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Purchaser in connection with the acquisition of the Consideration Shares under the Agreement, and to obtain additional information, to the extent possessed or obtainable by the Purchaser without unreasonable effort or expense;

     12. the books and records of the Purchaser were available upon reasonable notice for inspection, subject to certain confidentiality restrictions, by the undersigned during reasonable business hours at its principal place of business and that all documents, records and books in connection with the acquisition of the Consideration Shares under the Agreement have been made available for inspection by the undersigned, the undersigned’s attorney and/or advisor(s);

     13. the undersigned:

  (a)

is knowledgeable of, or has been independently advised as to, the Applicable Securities Laws of the securities regulators having application in the jurisdiction in which the undersigned is resident (the “International Jurisdiction”) which would apply to the acquisition of the Consideration Shares;

     
  (b)

the undersigned is acquiring the Consideration Shares pursuant to exemptions from prospectus or equivalent requirements under Applicable Securities Laws or, if such is not applicable, the undersigned is permitted to acquire the Consideration Shares under the Applicable Securities Laws of the securities regulators in the International Jurisdiction without the need to rely on any exemptions;

     
  (c)

the Applicable Securities Laws of the authorities in the International Jurisdiction do not require the Purchaser to make any filings or seek any approvals of any kind whatsoever from any securities regulator of any kind whatsoever in the



- 46 -

 

International Jurisdiction in connection with the issue and sale or resale of the Consideration Shares; and

       
  (d)

the acquisition of the Consideration Shares by the undersigned does not trigger:

       
  (i)

any obligation to prepare and file a prospectus or similar document, or any other report with respect to such purchase in the International Jurisdiction; or

       
  (ii)

any continuous disclosure reporting obligation of the Purchaser in the International Jurisdiction; and

       
 

the undersigned will, if requested by the Purchaser, deliver to the purchaser a certificate or opinion of local counsel from the International Jurisdiction which will confirm the matters referred to in Sections 13(c) and 13(d) above to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, acting reasonably;

     14. the undersigned (i) is able to fend for itself in connection with the acquisition of the Consideration Shares; (ii) has such knowledge and experience in business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Consideration Shares; and (iii) has the ability to bear the economic risks of its prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such investment;

     15. the undersigned is not aware of any advertisement of any of the Consideration Shares and is not acquiring the Consideration Shares as a result of any form of general solicitation or general advertising including advertisements, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over radio or television, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by general solicitation or general advertising;

     16. except as set out in the Agreement, no Person has made to the undersigned any written or oral representations:

  (a)

that any Person will resell or repurchase any of the Consideration Shares;

     
  (b)

that any Person will refund the purchase price of any of the Consideration Shares;

     
  (c)

as to the future price or value of any of the Consideration Shares; or

     
  (d)

that any of the Consideration Shares will be listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system or that application has been made to list and post any of the Consideration Shares on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system, except that currently certain market makers make market in the Purchaser Shares on the OTC Bulletin Board;

     17. the undersigned is outside the United States when receiving and executing this Agreement and is acquiring the Consideration Shares as principal for their own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for, resale, distribution or fractionalization thereof, in whole or in part, and no other Person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest in the Consideration Shares;

     18. neither the SEC nor any other securities commission or similar regulatory authority has reviewed or passed on the merits of the Consideration Shares;


- 47 -

     19. the Consideration Shares are not being acquired, directly or indirectly, for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or a Person in the United States;

     20. the undersigned understands and agrees that the Consideration Shares issued to the undersigned will bear the following legend:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN OFFERED IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED HEREIN) PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”).

 

NONE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, UNLESS SO REGISTERED, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES (AS DEFINED HEREIN) OR TO U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT, PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND IN EACH CASE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT. “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” ARE AS DEFINED BY REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT.”;

 

“UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY IN OR FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA UNLESS THE CONDITIONS IN SECTION 12(2) OF BC INSTRUMENT 51-509 ISSUERS QUOTED IN THE U.S. OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET ARE MET.”; and

     23. the Purchaser shall refuse to register any transfer of Consideration Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration and prospectus requirements of the BC Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Certificate of Non-U.S. Shareholder.

                                                                                                                                               Date: ________________________________________ , 2011
Signature  


- 48 -

   
Print Name  
   
   
Title (if applicable)  
   
   
Address  
   
   

















THIS PRIVATE PLACEMENT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (THE “SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT”) RELATES TO AN OFFERING OF SECURITIES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”).

NONE OF THE SECURITIES TO WHICH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT RELATES HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, UNLESS SO REGISTERED, NONE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT, PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND IN EACH CASE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT.

UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITIES IN OR FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA UNLESS THE CONDITIONS IN SECTION 12(2) OF BC INSTRUMENT 51-509 ISSUERS QUOTED IN THE U.S. OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET ARE MET.

CONFIDENTIAL
PRIVATE PLACEMENT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
(Non US Subscribers)

TO: Qwick Media Inc. (the “ Company ”)
  Suite 780 – 333 Seymour Street
  Vancouver, British Columbia, V6B 5A6

PURCHASE OF SHARES

1.                  Subscription

1.1                 On the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase common shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company at a price of US$0.20 per Share (such subscription and agreement to purchase being the “ Subscription ”), for an aggregate purchase price as set out on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the “ Subscription Proceeds ”) which is tendered herewith, on the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1.2                 The Company hereby agrees to sell, on the basis of the representations and warranties and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Shares to the Subscriber. Subject to the terms hereof, the Subscription Agreement will be effective upon its acceptance by the Company.

1.3                 Unless otherwise provided, all dollar amounts referred to in this Subscription Agreement are in lawful money of the United States of America.

2.                  Payment

2.1                 The Subscription Proceeds must accompany this Subscription and shall be paid by certified cheque or bank draft drawn on a Canadian chartered bank, and made payable and delivered to the Company. Alternatively, the Subscription Proceeds may be wired to the Company or its lawyers pursuant to wiring instructions


- 2 -

that will be provided to the Subscriber upon request. If the funds are wired to the Company’s lawyers, those lawyers are authorized by the Subscriber to immediately deliver the funds to the Company even if the offering of the Shares to the Subscriber has not been consummated.

2.2                 The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that this Subscription Agreement, the Subscription Proceeds and any other documents delivered in connection herewith will be held on behalf of the Company. In the event that this Subscription Agreement is not accepted by the Company for whatever reason, which the Company expressly reserves the right to do, within 45 days of the delivery of an executed Subscription Agreement by the Subscriber, this Subscription Agreement, the Subscription Proceeds (without interest thereon) and any other documents delivered in connection herewith will be returned to the Subscriber at the address of the Subscriber as set forth in this Subscription Agreement.

2.3                 Where the Subscription Proceeds are paid to the Company, the Company is entitled to treat such Subscription Proceeds as an interest free loan to the Company until such time as the Subscription is accepted and the certificates representing the Shares have been issued to the Subscriber.

3.                  Documents Required from Subscriber

3.1                 The Subscriber must complete, sign and return to the Company the following documents:

  (a)

an executed copy of this Subscription Agreement; and

     
  (b)

an Investor Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A (the “ Questionnaire ”) .

3.2                 The Subscriber shall complete, sign and return to the Company as soon as possible, on request by the Company, any additional documents, questionnaires, notices and undertakings as may be required by any regulatory authorities and applicable law.

3.3                 Both parties to this Subscription Agreement acknowledge and agree that Clark Wilson LLP has acted as counsel only to the Company and is not protecting the rights and interests of the Subscriber. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company and Clark Wilson LLP have given the Subscriber the opportunity to seek, and have recommended that the Subscriber obtain, independent legal advice with respect to the subject matter of this Subscription Agreement and, further, the Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Company and Clark Wilson LLP that the Subscriber has sought independent legal advice or waives such advice.

4.                  Closing

4.1                 Closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur on or before December 31, 2010, or on such other date as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion (the “ Closing Date ”). The Subscriber acknowledges that Shares may be issued to other subscribers under this offering (the “ Offering ”) before or after the Closing Date. The Company, may, at its discretion, elect to close the Offering in one or more closings, in which event the Company may agree with one or more subscribers (including the Subscriber hereunder) to complete delivery of the Shares to such subscriber(s) against payment therefore at any time on or prior to the Closing Date.

4.2                 The Subscriber acknowledges that the certificates representing the Shares will be available for delivery upon Closing provided that the Subscriber has satisfied the requirements of Section 3 hereof and the Company has accepted this Subscription Agreement.

5.                  Acknowledgements and Agreements of Subscriber

5.1                 The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that:

  (a)

none of the Shares have been or will be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933 , as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or under any state securities or “blue sky” laws of any state of the United States, and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold in the United States or, directly



- 3 -

 

or indirectly, to U.S. Persons, as that term is defined in Regulation S under the 1933 Act (“ Regulation S ”), except in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and in each case only in accordance with applicable securities laws;

     
  (b)

the Subscriber acknowledges that the Company has not undertaken, and will have no obligation, to register any of the Shares under the 1933 Act or any other securities legislation;

     
  (c)

by completing the Questionnaire, the Subscriber is representing and warranting that the Subscriber satisfies one of the categories of registration and prospectus exemptions provided in National Instrument 45-106 (“ NI 45-106 ”) adopted by the British Columbia Securities Commission (the “ BCSC ”) and other provincial securities commissions;

     
  (d)

the decision to execute this Subscription Agreement and purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased hereunder has not been based upon any oral or written representation as to fact or otherwise made by or on behalf of the Company and such decision is based entirely upon a review of any public information which has been filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and/or the BCSC in compliance, or intended compliance, with applicable securities legislation;

     
  (e)

the Subscriber and the Subscriber’s advisor(s) have had a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company in connection with the distribution of the Shares hereunder, and to obtain additional information, to the extent possessed or obtainable without unreasonable effort or expense, necessary to verify the accuracy of the information about the Company;

     
  (f)

the books and records of the Company were available upon reasonable notice for inspection, subject to certain confidentiality restrictions, by the Subscriber during reasonable business hours at its principal place of business, and all documents, records and books in connection with the distribution of the Shares hereunder have been made available for inspection by the Subscriber, the Subscriber’s lawyer and/or advisor(s);

     
  (g)

the Company is entitled to rely on the representations and warranties of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement and the Subscriber will hold harmless the Company from any loss or damage it or they may suffer as a result of the Subscriber’s failure to correctly complete this Subscription Agreement;

     
  (h)

the Subscriber will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and, where applicable, its directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and shareholders, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all fees, costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim, lawsuit, administrative proceeding or investigation whether commenced or threatened) arising out of or based upon any representation or warranty of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement or in any document furnished by the Subscriber to the Company in connection herewith being untrue in any material respect or any breach or failure by the Subscriber to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Subscriber to the Company in connection therewith;

     
  (i)

none of the Shares are listed on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system and no representation has been made to the Subscriber that any of the Shares will become listed on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system;

     
  (j)

the Company will refuse to register any transfer of the Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act or



- 4 -

 

pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and in accordance with any other applicable securities laws;

       
  (k)

the Subscriber has been advised to consult the Subscriber’s own legal, tax and other advisors with respect to the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and with respect to applicable resale restrictions, and it is solely responsible (and the Company is not in any way responsible) for compliance with:

       
  (i)

any applicable laws of the jurisdiction in which the Subscriber is resident in connection with the distribution of the Shares hereunder, and

       
  (ii)

applicable resale restrictions;

       
  (l)

in addition to resale restrictions imposed under U.S. securities laws, there are additional restrictions on the Subscriber’s ability to resell any of the Shares in Canada under the Securities Act (British Columbia) (the “ BC Act ”) and British Columbia Instrument 51-509 (“ BCI 51-509 ”) as adopted by the BCSC;

       
  (m)

the Company has advised the Subscriber that the Company is relying on an exemption from the requirements to provide the Subscriber with a prospectus and to sell the Shares through a person registered to sell securities under applicable securities legislation to issue the Shares and, as a consequence of acquiring the Shares pursuant to such exemption certain protections, rights and remedies provided by the applicable securities legislation of British Columbia including statutory rights of rescission or damages, will not be available to the Subscriber;

       
  (n)

neither the SEC nor any other securities commission or similar regulatory authority has reviewed or passed on the merits of the Shares;

       
  (o)

no documents in connection with the sale of the Shares hereunder have been reviewed by the SEC or any securities administrators;

       
  (p)

there is no government or other insurance covering any of the Shares; and

       
  (q)

this Subscription Agreement is not enforceable by the Subscriber unless it has been accepted by the Company.

6.                  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber

6.1                 The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with the Company (which representations, warranties and covenants shall survive the Closing) that:

  (a)

the Subscriber (i) has adequate net worth and means of providing for its current financial needs and possible personal contingencies, (ii) has no need for liquidity in this investment, (iii) is able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time, and (iv) can afford the complete loss of such investment;

     
  (b)

if applicable, all information contained in the Questionnaire is complete and accurate and may be relied upon by the Company, and the Subscriber will notify the Company immediately of any material change in any such information occurring prior to the closing of the purchase of the Shares;

     
  (c)

the Subscriber is purchasing the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only and not for the account of any other person and not for distribution, assignment or resale to others, and no other person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest is such Shares, and the Subscriber has not subdivided his interest in the Shares with any other person;



- 5 -

  (d)

the Subscriber (i) is able to fend for itself in the Subscription; (ii) has such knowledge and experience in business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Shares; and (iii) has the ability to bear the economic risks of its prospective investment and can afford the complete loss of such investment;

     
  (e)

the Subscriber is aware that an investment in the Company is speculative and involves certain risks, including the possible loss of the investment;

     
  (f)

the Subscriber has received and carefully read this Subscription Agreement;

     
  (g)

the Subscriber has made an independent examination and investigation of an investment in the Shares and the Company and has depended on the advice of its legal and financial advisors and agrees that the Company will not be responsible in anyway whatsoever for the Subscriber’s decision to invest in the Shares and the Company;

     
  (h)

the Subscriber has the requisite knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares and the Company and the Subscriber is providing evidence of such knowledge and experience in these matters through the information requested in the Questionnaire, as applicable;

     
  (i)

the Subscriber understands and agrees that the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the acknowledgements, representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement and the Questionnaire, as applicable, and agrees that if any of such acknowledgements, representations and agreements are no longer accurate or have been breached, it shall promptly notify the Company;

     
  (j)

the Subscriber has the legal capacity and competence to enter into and execute this Subscription Agreement and to take all actions required pursuant hereto and, if the Subscriber is a corporation, it is duly incorporated and validly subsisting under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and all necessary approvals by its directors, shareholders and others have been obtained to authorize execution and performance of this Subscription Agreement on behalf of the Subscriber;

     
  (k)

the entering into of this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not result in the violation of any of the terms and provisions of any law applicable to, or, if applicable, the constating documents of, the Subscriber or of any agreement, written or oral, to which the Subscriber may be a party or by which the Subscriber is or may be bound;

     
  (l)

the Subscriber has duly executed and delivered this Subscription Agreement and it constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Subscriber enforceable against the Subscriber;

     
  (m)

the Subscriber is not an underwriter of, or dealer in, the common shares of the Company, nor is the Subscriber participating, pursuant to a contractual agreement or otherwise, in the distribution of the Shares;

     
  (n)

the Subscriber understands and agrees that none of the Shares have been registered under the 1933 Act, or under any state securities or “blue sky” laws of any state of the United States, and, unless so registered, may not be offered or sold in the United States or, directly or indirectly, to U.S. Persons except in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and in each case only in accordance with applicable state and provincial securities laws;

     
  (o)

the Subscriber understands and agrees that the Company will refuse to register any transfer of the Shares not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to an effective



- 6 -

 

registration statement under the 1933 Act or pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act;

         
  (p)

the Subscriber is not aware of any advertisement of any of the Shares and is not acquiring the Shares as a result of any form of general solicitation or general advertising including advertisements, articles, notices or other communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over radio or television, or any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by general solicitation or general advertising;

         
  (q)

no person has made to the Subscriber any written or oral representations:

         
  (i)

that any person will resell or repurchase any of the Shares;

         
  (ii)

that any person will refund the purchase price of any of the Shares;

         
  (iii)

as to the future price or value of any of the Shares; or

         
  (iv)

that any of the Shares will be listed and posted for trading on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system or that application has been made to list and post any of the Shares of the Company on any stock exchange or automated dealer quotation system;

         
  (r)

the Subscriber is not a U.S. Person;

         
  (s)

the Subscriber:

         
  (i)

is knowledgeable of, or has been independently advised as to, the applicable securities laws of the securities regulators having application in the jurisdiction in which the Subscriber is resident (the “ International Jurisdiction ”) which would apply to the purchase of the Shares,

         
  (ii)

is purchasing the Shares pursuant to exemptions from prospectus or equivalent requirements under applicable securities laws or, if such is not applicable, the Subscriber is permitted to purchase the Shares under the applicable securities laws of the securities regulators in the International Jurisdiction without the need to rely on any exemptions,

         
  (iii)

acknowledges that the applicable securities laws of the authorities in the International Jurisdiction do not require the Company to make any filings or seek any approvals of any kind whatsoever from any securities regulator of any kind whatsoever in the International Jurisdiction in connection with the issue and sale or resale of any of the Shares,

         
  (iv)

represents and warrants that the acquisition of the Shares by the Subscriber does not trigger:

         
  A.

any obligation to prepare and file a prospectus or similar document, or any other report with respect to such purchase in the International Jurisdiction, or

         
  B.

any continuous disclosure reporting obligation of the Company in the International Jurisdiction, and

         
  (v)

the Subscriber will, if requested by the Company, deliver to the Company a certificate or opinion of local counsel from the International Jurisdiction which will confirm the matters referred to in subparagraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) above to the satisfaction of the Company, acting reasonably;



- 7 -

  (t)

the Subscriber is outside the United States when receiving and executing this Subscription Agreement;

     
  (u)

the Subscriber understands and agrees that offers and sales of any of the Shares prior to the expiration of the period specified in Regulation S (such period hereinafter referred to as the “ Distribution Compliance Period ”) shall only be made in compliance with the safe harbor provisions set forth in Regulation S, pursuant to the registration provisions of the 1933 Act or an exemption therefrom, and that all offers and sales after the Distribution Compliance Period shall be made only in compliance with the registration provisions of the 1933 Act or an exemption therefrom and in each case only in accordance with applicable state and provincial securities laws;

     
  (v)

the Subscriber understands and agrees not to engage in any hedging transactions involving any of the Shares unless such transactions are in compliance with the provisions of the 1933 Act and in each case only in accordance with applicable state and provincial securities laws; and

     
  (w)

the Subscriber acknowledges that it has not acquired the Shares as a result of, and will not itself engage in, any “ directed selling efforts ” (as defined in Regulation S under the 1933 Act) in the United States in respect of any of the Shares which would include any activities undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the resale of any of the Shares; provided, however, that the Subscriber may sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares pursuant to registration of any of the Shares pursuant to the 1933 Act and any applicable securities laws or under an exemption from such registration requirements and as otherwise provided herein.

6.2                 In this Subscription Agreement, the term “ U.S. Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act and for the purpose of the Subscription Agreement includes any person in the United States.

7.                  Representations and Warranties will be Relied Upon by the Company

7.1                 The Subscriber acknowledges that the representations and warranties contained herein and in the Questionnaire, as applicable, are made by it with the intention that such representations and warranties may be relied upon by the Company and its legal counsel in determining the Subscriber’s eligibility to purchase the Shares under applicable securities legislation, or (if applicable) the eligibility of others on whose behalf it is contracting hereunder to purchase the Shares under applicable securities legislation. The Subscriber further agrees that by accepting delivery of the certificates representing the Shares on the Closing Date, it will be representing and warranting that the representations and warranties contained herein and in the Questionnaire, as applicable, are true and correct as at the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made by the Subscriber on the Closing Date and that they will survive the purchase by the Subscriber of the Shares and will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any subsequent disposition by the Subscriber of such Shares.

8.                   Acknowledgement and Waiver

8.1                 The Subscriber has acknowledged that the decision to purchase the Shares was solely made on the basis of publicly available information. The Subscriber hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any rights of withdrawal, rescission or compensation for damages to which the Subscriber might be entitled in connection with the distribution of any of the Shares.

9.                   Legending of Subject Shares

9.1                 The Subscriber hereby acknowledges that that upon the issuance thereof, and until such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable securities laws and regulations, the certificates or other document representing any of the Shares will bear a legend in substantially the following form:


- 8 -

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN OFFERED IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”).

 

NONE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR ANY U.S. STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, UNLESS SO REGISTERED, NONE MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT, PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 1933 ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND IN EACH CASE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. IN ADDITION, HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE 1933 ACT.

 

UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITIES IN OR FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA UNLESS THE CONDITIONS IN SECTION 12(2) OF BC INSTRUMENT 51-509 ISSUERS QUOTED IN THE U.S. OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET ARE MET.”

9.2                 The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees to the Company making a notation on its records or giving instructions to the registrar and transfer agent of the Company in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth and described in this Subscription Agreement.

10.                  Resale Restrictions

10.1                 The Subscriber acknowledges that any resale of any of the Shares will be subject to resale restrictions contained in the securities legislation applicable to the Subscriber or proposed transferee. The Subscriber acknowledges that none of the Shares have been registered under the 1933 Act or the securities laws of any state of the United States. The Shares may not be offered or sold in the United States unless registered in accordance with federal securities laws and all applicable state securities laws or exemptions from such registration requirements are available.

10.2                 The Subscriber acknowledges that the Shares are subject to resale restrictions in Canada and may not be traded in Canada except as permitted by the applicable provincial securities laws and the rules made thereunder.

10.3                 If the Subscriber is not a resident of British Columbia, the Subscriber represents, warrants and acknowledges that:

  (a)

pursuant to BCI 51-509, a subsequent trade in the Shares in or from British Columbia will be a distribution subject to the prospectus and registration requirements of applicable Canadian securities legislation (including the BC Act) unless certain conditions are met, which conditions include, among others, a requirement that any certificate representing the Shares (or ownership statement issued under a direct registration system or other book entry system) bear the restrictive legend (the “ BC Legend ”) specified in BCI 51-509;



- 9 -

  (b)

the Subscriber is not a resident of British Columbia and undertakes not to trade or resell any of the Shares in or from British Columbia unless the trade or resale is made in accordance with BCI 51-509. The Subscriber understands and agrees that the Company and others will rely upon the truth and accuracy of these representations and warranties made in this Section 10.3 and agrees that if such representations and warranties are no longer accurate or have been breached, the Subscriber shall immediately notify the Company;

     
  (c)

by executing and delivering this Subscription Agreement and as a consequence of the representations and warranties made by the Subscriber in this Section 10.3, the Subscriber will have directed the Company not to include the BC Legend on any certificates representing the Shares to be issued to the Subscriber. As a consequence, the Subscriber will not be able to rely on the resale provisions of BCI 51-509, and any subsequent trade in any of the Shares in or from British Columbia will be a distribution subject to the prospectus and registration requirements of the BC Act; and

     
  (d)

if the Subscriber wishes to trade or resell any of the Shares in or from British Columbia, the Subscriber agrees and undertakes to return, prior to any such trade or resale, any certificate representing the Shares to the Company’s transfer agent to have the BC Legend imprinted on such certificate or to instruct the Company’s transfer agent to include the BC Legend on any ownership statement issued under a direct registration system or other book entry system.

11.                  Collection of Personal Information

11.1                 The Subscriber acknowledges and consents to the fact that the Company is collecting the Subscriber’s personal information for the purpose of fulfilling this Subscription Agreement and completing the Offering. The Subscriber’s personal information (and, if applicable, the personal information of those on whose behalf the Subscriber is contracting hereunder) may be disclosed by the Company to (a) stock exchanges or securities regulatory authorities, (b) the Company’s registrar and transfer agent, (c) Canadian tax authorities, (d) authorities pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and (e) any of the other parties involved in the Offering, including legal counsel, and may be included in record books in connection with the Offering. By executing this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber is deemed to be consenting to the foregoing collection, use and disclosure of the Subscriber’s personal information (and, if applicable, the personal information of those on whose behalf the Subscriber is contracting hereunder) and to the retention of such personal information for as long as permitted or required by law or business practice. Notwithstanding that the Subscriber may be purchasing the Shares as agent on behalf of an undisclosed principal, the Subscriber agrees to provide, on request, particulars as to the identity of such undisclosed principal as may be required by the Company in order to comply with the foregoing.

11.2                 Furthermore, the Subscriber is hereby notified that:

  (a)

the Company may deliver to a provincial securities commission and/or the SEC certain personal information pertaining to the Subscriber, including such Subscriber’s full name, residential address and telephone number, the number of shares or other securities of the Company owned by the Subscriber, the number of Shares purchased by the Subscriber and the total purchase price paid for the Shares, the prospectus exemption relied on by the Company and the date of distribution of the Shares,

     
  (b)

such information is being collected indirectly by the provincial securities commission under the authority granted to it in securities legislation, and

     
  (c)

such information is being collected for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the securities legislation of Canada.



- 10 -

12.                  Costs

12.1                 The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that all costs and expenses incurred by the Subscriber (including any fees and disbursements of any special counsel retained by the Subscriber) relating to the purchase of the Shares shall be borne by the Subscriber.

13.                  Governing Law

13.1                 This Subscription Agreement is governed by the laws of the Province of British Columbia. The Subscriber, in its personal or corporate capacity and, if applicable, on behalf of each beneficial purchaser for whom it is acting, irrevocably attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of British Columbia.

14.                  Currency

14.1                 Any reference to currency in this Subscription Agreement is to the currency of the United States of America unless otherwise indicated.

15.                  Survival

15.1                 This Subscription Agreement, including without limitation the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, shall survive and continue in full force and effect and be binding upon the parties hereto notwithstanding the completion of the purchase of the Shares by the Subscriber pursuant hereto.

16.                  Assignment

16.1                 This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable.

17.                   Severability

17.1                 The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Subscription Agreement shall not affect or limit the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Subscription Agreement.

18.                  Entire Agreement

18.1                 Except as expressly provided in this Subscription Agreement and in the agreements, instruments and other documents contemplated or provided for herein, this Subscription Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the sale of the Shares and there are no other terms, conditions, representations or warranties, whether expressed, implied, oral or written, by statute or common law, by the Company or by anyone else.

19.                  Notices

19.1                 Any notice required or permitted to be given to the Company will be in writing and may be given by prepaid registered post, electronic facsimile transmission or other means of electronic communication capable of producing a printed copy to the address of the Company set forth below or such other address as the Company may specify by notice in writing to the Holder, and any such notice will be deemed to have been given and received by the Company to whom it was addressed if mailed, on the third day following the mailing thereof, if by facsimile or other electronic communication, on successful transmission, or, if delivered, on delivery; but if at the time or mailing or between the time of mailing and the third business day thereafter there is a strike, lockout, or other labour disturbance affecting postal service, then the notice will not be effectively given until actually delivered:


- 11 -

  Qwick Media Inc.
  Suite 780 – 333 Seymour Street
  Vancouver, BC, Canada V6B 5A6
     
  Attention: President
  Fax No. (778) 370-1719
     
  with a copy to:  
     
  Clark Wilson LLP
  800-885 West Georgia Street
  Vancouver, BC, Canada V6C 3H1
     
  Attention: Angela Blake
  Fax No.: 604-687-6314

20.                  Counterparts and Electronic Means

20.1                 This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed copy of this Subscription Agreement by electronic facsimile transmission or other means of electronic communication capable of producing a printed copy will be deemed to be execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement as of the date hereinafter set forth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Subscriber has duly executed this Subscription Agreement as of the date of acceptance by the Company.

     
(Number of Shares being purchased)   (Name of Subscriber and, if applicable, position – Please type or print)
     
     
(Total Subscription Price)   (Signature of Subscriber)
     
     
    (Residential address of Subscriber)
     
     
    (City, Province and Postal Code of Subscriber)
     
     
    (Country of Subscriber)
     
     
    (Email Address)
     
     
    (Telephone Number)
     
     
    (SIN/SSN or other tax identification number)


- 12 -

A C C E P T A N C E

The above-mentioned Subscription Agreement in respect of the Shares is hereby accepted by Qwick Media Inc.

DATED at Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, the _______day of _________________, 2010.

QWICK MEDIA INC.

Per:  
  Authorized Signatory  


EXHIBIT A

INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

All capitalized terms herein, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Subscription Agreement between Qwick Media Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned (the “ Subscriber ”).

The purpose of this Questionnaire is to assure the Company that the Subscriber will meet certain requirements of National Instrument 45-106 (“ NI 45-106 ”). The Company will rely on the information contained in this Questionnaire for the purposes of such determination.

The Subscriber covenants, represents and warrants to the Company that:

1.

if the Subscriber is not a resident of Ontario, the Subscriber is (tick one or more of the following boxes) :

   

 

[     ]

(A)

a director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company or an affiliate of the Company

   

 

[     ]

(B)

a spouse, parent, grandparent, brother, sister or child of a director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company or an affiliate of the Company

   

 

[     ]

(C)

a parent, grandparent, brother, sister or child of the spouse of a director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company or an affiliate of the Company

   

 

[     ]

(D)

a close personal friend of a director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company

   

 

[     ]

(E)

a close business associate of a director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company or an affiliate of the Company

   

 

   

[     ]

(F)

an accredited investor

   

 

[     ]

(G)

a company, partnership or other entity of which a majority of the voting securities are beneficially owned by, or a majority of the directors are, persons described in paragraphs A to F

   

 

[     ]

(H)

a trust or estate of which all of the beneficiaries or a majority of the trustees or executors are persons described in paragraphs A to F

   

 

2.

if the Subscriber has checked box B, C, D, E, G or H in Section 1 above, the director, executive officer, founder or control person of the Company with whom the undersigned has the relationship is:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

   

 

(Instructions to Subscriber: fill in the name of each director, executive officer, founder and control person which you have the above-mentioned relationship with. If you have checked box G or H, also indicate which of A to F describes the securityholders, directors, trustees or beneficiaries which qualify you as box G or H and provide the names of those individuals. Please attach a separate page if necessary).



- 2 -

3.

if the Subscriber is resident in Ontario, the Subscriber is (tick one or more of the following boxes) :

   

   

[     ]

(A)

a founder of the Company

   

   

[     ]

(B)

an affiliate of a founder of the Company

   

[     ]

(C)

a spouse, parent, brother, sister, grandparent or child of an executive officer, director or founder of the Company

   

   

[     ]

(D)

a control person of the Company

   

   

[     ]

(E)

an accredited investor

   

4.

if the Subscriber has checked box C in Section 3 above, the executive officer, director or founder of the Company with whom the undersigned has the relationship is:

   

   

   

   

(Instructions to Subscriber: fill in the name of each executive officer, director or founder which you have the above-mentioned relationship with.)

   

5.

if the Subscriber has ticked box F in Section 1 or box E in Section 3 above, the Subscriber satisfies one or more of the categories of “accredited investor” (as that term is defined in NI 45-106) indicated below (please check the appropriate box):

   

[ ]

(a) an individual who either alone or with a spouse beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, financial assets (as defined in NI 45-106) having an aggregate realizable value that before taxes, but net of any related liabilities, exceeds CDN$1,000,000;

   

[ ]

(b) an individual whose net income before taxes exceeded CDN$200,000 in each of the two more recent calendar years or whose net income before taxes combined with that of a spouse exceeded CDN$300,000 in each of those years and who, in either case, reasonably expects to exceed that net income level in the current calendar year;

   

[ ]

(c) an individual who, either alone or with a spouse, has net assets of at least CDN $5,000,000;

   

[ ]

(d) a person, other than an individual or investment fund, that had net assets of at least CDN$5,000,000 as reflected on its most recently prepared financial statements.

   

[ ]

(e) a person registered under securities legislation of a jurisdiction of Canada as an advisor or dealer, or an individual registered or formerly registered as a representative of such an adviser or dealer, other than a limited market dealer registered under the Securities Act (Ontario) or the Securities Act (Newfoundland);

   

[ ]

(f) an investment fund that distributes it securities only to persons that are accredited investors at the time of distribution, a person that acquires or acquired a minimum of CDN$150,000 of value in securities, or a person that acquires or acquired securities under Sections 2.18 or 2.19 of NI 45-106; or

   

[ ]

(g) a person in respect of which all of the owners of interests, direct, indirect or beneficial, except the voting securities required by law are persons or companies that are accredited investors.



- 3 -

The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Subscriber may be required by the Company to provide such additional documentation as may be reasonably required by the Company and its legal counsel in determining the Subscriber’s eligibility to acquire the Shares under relevant legislation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Questionnaire as of the ________day of __________, 2010.

If an Individual:   If a Corporation, Partnership or Other
    Entity:
     
     
Signature   Print or Type Name of Entity
     
     
Print or Type Name   Signature of Authorized Signatory
     
     
    Type of Entity



QWICK MEDIA INC.

2011 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.           Purposes of the Plan.

     The purposes of this Plan are to (i) attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility within Qwick Media Inc. (the “Company”), (ii) provide additional incentives to Employees of the Company, (iii) provide Directors, Consultants and Advisors of the Company with an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company to encourage their continued provision of services to the Company, and to provide such persons with incentives and rewards for superior performance more directly linked to the profitability of the Company's business and increases in shareholder value, and (iv) generally to promote the success of the Company's business and the interests of the Company and all of its stockholders, through the grant of options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock and other incentives.

     Incentive benefits granted hereunder may be either Incentive Stock Options, Non-qualified Stock Options, stock awards, Restricted Shares or cash awards, as such terms are hereinafter defined. The types of options or other incentives granted shall be reflected in the terms of written agreements.

2.           Definitions.

     As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

     2.1 “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of Qwick Media Inc.

     2.2 “ Change of Control ” means a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through either of the following transactions:

           (a) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than by the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company's shareholders, or other transaction, in each case which the Board does not recommend such shareholders to accept; or

            (b) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of 24 consecutive months or less such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who either (i) have been Board members continuously since the beginning of such period or (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as Board members during such period by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board; or

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

1


          (c) a Corporate Transaction as defined below.

     2.3 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     2.4 “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee constituting the Board in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan, if one is appointed.

     2.5 “ Common Stock ” or “ Common Shares ” shall mean (i) shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company described in the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and (ii) any security into which Common Shares may be converted by reason of any transaction or event of the type referred to in Section 12 of this Plan.

     2.6 “ Company ” shall mean Qwick Media Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation, and shall include any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

     2.7 “ Consultants ” and “ Advisors ” shall include any third party retained or engaged by the Company to provide service to the Company, including any employee of such third party providing such services.

     2.8 “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Company is a party:

           (a) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;

           (b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

           (c) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such merger.

     2.9 “ Date of Grant ” means the date specified by the Board or the Committee on which a grant of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares of Performance Units or a grant or sale of Restricted Shares or Deferred Shares shall become effective.

     2.10 “ Deferral Period ” means the period of time during which Deferred Shares are subject to deferral limitations under Section 9.3 of this Plan.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

2


     2.11 “ Deferred Shares ” means an award pursuant to Section 9 of this Plan of the right to receive Common Shares at the end of a specified Deferral Period.

     2.12 “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.

     2.13 “ Effective Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.

     2.14 “ Employee ” shall mean any person, including officers and directors, employed by the Company. The payment of a director's fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

     2.15 “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     2.16 “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to the date a given Option is granted or exercised, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in such manner as it may deem equitable for Plan purposes but, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, no less than is required by applicable laws or regulations; provided, however, that where there is a public market for the Common Stock, the fair Market Value per share shall be the average of the bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System - Small Cap or National Markets or the National Association of Security Dealers Over the Counter Bulletin Board).

     2.17 “ Incentive Agreement ” shall mean the written agreement between the Company and the Participant relating to Incentive Stock Options, Non-qualified Stock Options, stock awards, Restricted Shares and cash awards granted under the Plan, and shall include an Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement or other form of Agreement which may be approved by the Board.

     2.18 “ Incentive Award ” shall mean the award of one or more Incentives.

     2.19 “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option which is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

     2.20 “ Incentives ” shall mean those incentive benefits which may be granted from time to time under the terms of the Plan which include Incentive Stock Options, Non-qualified Stock Options, stock awards, Restricted Shares and cash awards.

     2.21 “ Management Objectives ” means the achievement of performance objectives established pursuant to this Plan for Participants who have received grants of Performance Shares of Performance Units or, when so determined by the Board of the Committee, Restricted Shares.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

3


     2.22 “ Non-qualified Stock Option ” means an Option that is not intended to qualify as a Tax-Qualified Option.

     2.23 “ Option Price ” means the purchase price payable, together with the amount of any obligation on the part of the optionee to ensure that the exercise price for any option exercise is accompanied by sufficient funds to satisfy any required tax withholding obligations on the part of the Company respecting for example Canadian employees of a Canadian affiliate of the Company upon the exercise of an Option.

     2.24 “ Option ” means the right to purchase Common Shares from the Company upon the exercise of a Non-qualified Stock Option or a Tax-Qualified Option granted pursuant to Section 7 of this Plan.

     2.25 “ Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

     2.26 “ Option Term ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.3.

     2.27 “ Optionee ” shall mean an Employee, Director, Consultant or Advisor of the Company who has been granted one or more Options.

     2.28 “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

     2.29 “ Participant ” means a person who is selected by the Board or a Committee to receive benefits under this Plan and (i) is at that time an officer, including without limitation an officer who may also be a member of the Board, director, or other employee of, or a Consultant or Advisor, to the Company, or (ii) has agreed to commence serving in any such capacity.

     2.30 “ Performance Period ” means, in respect of a Performance Share or Performance Unit, a period of time established pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan within which the Management objectives relating thereto are to be achieved.

     2.31 “ Performance Share ” means a bookkeeping entry that records the equivalent of one Common Share awarded pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan.

     2.32 “ Performance Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry that records a unit equivalent to $1.00 awarded pursuant to Section 10 of this Plan.

     2.33 “ Plan ” shall mean this 2011 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

4


     2.34 “ Restricted Shares ” means Common Shares granted or sold pursuant to section 8 of this Plan as to which neither the substantial risk of forfeiture nor the restrictions on transfer referred to in Section 8.9 hereof has expired.

     2.35 “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated and amended from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule to the same effect.

     2.36 “ Share ” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

     2.37 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     2.38 “ Tax Date ” shall mean the date an Optionee is required to pay the Company an amount with respect to tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of an option.

     2.39 “ Tax-Qualified Option ” means an Option that is intended to qualify under particular provisions of the Code, including without limitation an Incentive Stock Option.

     2.40 “ Termination Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.

     2.41 “Vesting Rights” vesting of the options granted by the Company occurs at the discretion of the Board and in three annual stages in the absence of a specific Board Resolution, and the stock options granted under the stock option plan are generally non transferable other than to a legal or beneficial holder of the options upon the option holder’s death. The rights to vested but unexercised options cease to be effective: (1) 18 months after death of the stock options holder; (2) 6 months after Change of Control of the Company; 12 months after loss of office due to health related incapacity or redundancy; or (5) 12 months after the retirement of the options holder from a position with any subsidiary of the Company.

3.           Common Stock Subject to the Plan.

     Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold or otherwise awarded under the Plan is Five Million Five Hundred Seventy Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-three (5,570,623) Common Shares. Any Common Shares available for grants and awards at the end of any calendar year shall be carried over and shall be available for grants and awards in the subsequent calendar year. For the purposes of this Section 3:

     3.1 Upon payment in cash of the benefit provided by any award granted under this Plan, or upon expiration or cancellation of any award granted under this Plan, any Common Shares that were covered by such award shall again be available for issuance or transfer hereunder.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

5


     3.2 Common Shares covered by any award granted under this Plan shall be deemed to have been issued or transferred, and shall cease to be available for future issuance or transfer in respect of any other award granted hereunder, at the earlier of the time when they are actually issued or transferred or the time when dividends or dividend equivalents are paid thereon; provided, however, that Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been issued or transferred at the earlier of the time when they cease to be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or the time when dividends are paid thereon.

     3.3 Performance Units that are granted under this Plan and are paid in Common Shares or are not earned by the Participant at the end of the Performance Period shall be available for future grants of Performance Units hereunder.

4.           Administration of the Plan. 4.1 Procedure .

            (a) The Board shall administer the Plan; provided, however, that the Board may appoint a Committee consisting solely of two (2) or more “Non-Employee Directors” to administer the Plan on behalf of the Board, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

           (b) Once appointed, the Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause), appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies however caused; provided , however , that at no time may any person serve on the Committee if that person's membership would cause the committee not to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3.

            (c) A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of the members of the Committee who are present at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved by the members of the Committee in writing, shall be the acts of the Committee.

            (d) Any reference herein to the Board shall, where appropriate, encompass a Committee appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with this Section 4.

     4.2 Power of the Board or the Committee

           (a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to grant Options or Incentive Awards to Participants; (ii) to determine, upon review of relevant information and in accordance with Section 2.16 of the Plan, the Fair Market Value of the Common stock; (iii) to determine the exercise price per share of Options to be granted, which exercise price shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.14 of the Plan, and the Vesting Rights pertaining to the Options so granted; (iv) to determine the number of

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

6


Common Shares to be represented by each Option or Incentive Award; (v) to determine the Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, Options and Incentive Awards shall be granted; (vi) to interpret the Plan; (vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (viii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option and Incentive Award granted (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the grantee thereof, modify or amend such Option or Incentive Award; (ix) to accelerate or defer (with the consent of the grantee) the exercise date of any Option or Incentive Award; (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option or Incentive Award previously granted by the Board; (xi) to accept or reject the election made by a grantee pursuant to Section 7.5 of the Plan; and (xii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

            (b) The Board or a Committee may delegate to an officer of the Company the authority to make decisions pursuant to this Plan, provided that no such delegation may be made that would cause any award or other transaction under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. A Committee may authorize any one or more of its members or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

     4.3 Effect of Board or Committee Decisions . All decisions and determinations and the interpretation and construction by the Board or a Committee of any provision of this Plan or any agreement, notification or document evidencing the grant of Options, Restricted Shares, Deferred Shares, Performance Shares or Performance Units, and any determination by the Board or a Committee pursuant to any provision of this plan or any such agreement, notification or document, shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to all grantees and any other holders of any Option or Incentive Award granted under the Plan. No member of the Board or a Committee shall be liable for any such action taken or determination made in good faith.

5.           Eligibility.

     Consistent with the Plan's purposes, Options and Incentive Awards may be granted only to such Directors, Officers, Employees, Consultants and Advisors of the Company as determined by the Board or a Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, an Employee, Officer, Director, Consultant or advisor who has been granted an Option or Incentive Award may, if he is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Incentive Award. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to those Participants who meet the requirements applicable under Section 422 of the Code.

6.           Board Approval; Effective Date; Termination Date.

     The Plan shall take effect on October 25 th , 2010 (the “Effective Date”), the date on which the Board approved the Plan. The Plan shall terminate on October 25 th , 2020 (the “Termination Date”); accordingly, no Option may be granted after the Termination Date or have an Option Term that extends beyond the Termination Date.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

7


7.           Stock Options.

     The Board or the Committee may from time to time authorize grants to Participants of Options to purchase Common Shares upon such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

     7.1 Options to be Granted; Terms.

            (a) Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 may be Non-qualified Stock Options or Tax-Qualified Options or combinations thereof. The Board or the Committee shall determine the specific terms of Options.

            (b) Each grant shall specify the period or periods of continuous employment, or continuous engagement of the consulting or advisory services, of the Optionee by the Company or any Subsidiary that are necessary before the Options or installments thereof shall become exercisable.

            (c) Any grant of a Non-qualified Stock Option may provide for the payment to the Optionee of dividend equivalent thereon in cash or Common Shares on a current, deferred or contingent basis, or the Board or the Committee may provide that any dividend equivalents shall be credited against the Option Price.

     7.2 Number of Shares Subject to Options. Each grant shall specify the number of Common Shares to which it pertains. Successive grants may be made to the same Optionee regardless of whether any Options previously granted to the Optionee remain unexercised.

     7.3 Term of Option; Earlier Termination. Subject to the further provisions of this Section 7, unless otherwise provided in the Incentive Agreement, the term (the “Option Term”) of each Option shall be ten (10) years from the Date of Grant. In no case shall the term of any Option go beyond the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the above, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns ten percent (10%) or more of the Common Stock as such amount is calculated under Section 422(b)(6) of the Code (“Ten Percent Stockholder”), the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the Date of Grant thereof or such shorter time as may be provided in the Incentive Agreement.

     7.4 Exercise Price.

            (a) Each grant shall specify an Option Price per Common Share for the Common Share to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option, which shall be determined by the Board or the Committee, but in the case of an Incentive Stock Option shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of a Non-qualified Stock Option shall be no less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, is a Ten Percent Stockholder, the per share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

8


            (b) With respect to Incentive Stock Options, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective Date or Dates of Grant) of the Common Shares for which one or more options granted to any Optionee under this Plan may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Stock Options under the federal tax laws during any one calendar year (under all employee benefit plans of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that the Optionee holds two or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Stock Options under the deferral tax laws shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted. Should the number of Common Shares for which any Incentive Stock Option first becomes exercisable in any calendar year exceed the applicable $100,000 limitation, then that Option may nevertheless be exercised in such calendar year for the excess number of Shares as a Non-qualified Stock Option under the federal tax laws.

     7.5 Payment for Shares. The price of an exercised Option and any taxes attributable to the delivery of Common Stock under the Plan, or portion thereof, shall be paid as follows:

            (a) Each grant shall specify the form of consideration to be paid in satisfaction of the Option Price and the manner of payment of such consideration, which may include (i) cash in the form of United States currency or check or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Company, (ii) nonforfeitable, unrestricted Common Shares, which are already owned by the Optionee and have a value at the time of exercise that is equal to the Option Price, (iii) any other legal consideration that the Board or the Committee may deem appropriate, including without limitation any form of consideration authorized pursuant to this Section 7 on such basis as the Board or the Committee may determine in accordance with this Plan, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Board (or Committee) in its sole discretion may permit a so-called “cashless exercise” of the Options.

     In the event of a cashless exercise of the Option the Company shall issue the Option holder the number of Shares determined as follows:

X = Y (A-B)/A

where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Optionholder.

Y = the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised.

A = the average of the closing sale prices of the Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days immediately prior to (but not including) the Date of Exercise.

B = the Exercise Price.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

9


           (b) Any grant of a Non-qualified Stock Option may provide that payment of the Option Price may also be made in whole or in part in the form of Restricted Shares or other Common Shares that are subject to risk of forfeiture or restrictions on transfer. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee on or after the Date of Grant, whenever any Option Price is paid in whole or in part by means of any of the forms of consideration specified in this Section 7.5, the Common Shares received by the Optionee upon the exercise of the Non-qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the same risks of forfeiture or restrictions on transfer as those that applied to the consideration surrendered by the Optionee; provided, however, that such risks of forfeiture and restrictions on transfer shall apply only to the same number of Common Shares received by the Optionee as applied to the forfeitable or restricted Common Shares surrendered by the Optionee.

            (c) Any grant may allow for deferred payment of the Option Price through a sale and remittance procedure by which a Participant shall provide concurrent irrevocable written instructions to (i) a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased Common Shares and remit to the company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Option Price payable for the purchased Common Share, and (ii) the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Common Shares directly to such brokerage firm to complete the sale transaction.

           (d) The Board or Committee shall determine acceptable methods for tendering Common Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such limitations and prohibitions on the use of Common Stock to exercise an Option as it deems appropriate.

     7.6 Rights as a Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Common Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or the right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

     7.7 Loans or Installment Payments; Bonuses.

            (a) The Board or the Committee may, in its discretion, assist any Participant in the exercise of one or more awards under the plan, including the satisfaction of any federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax obligations arising therefrom, by (i) authorizing the extension of a loan from the Company to such Participant; or (ii) permitting the participant to pay the exercise price or purchase price for the purchased shares in installments; or (iii) a guaranty by the Company of a loan obtained by the Optionee from a third party; or (iv) granting a cash bonus to the Participant to enable the Participant to pay federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax obligations arising from an award.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

10


            (b) Any loan or installment method of payment (including the interest rate and terms of repayment) shall be upon such terms as the Board or the Committee specifies in the applicable Incentive Agreement or otherwise deems appropriate under the circumstances. Loans or installment payments may be authorized with or without security or collateral. However, the maximum credit available to the Participant may not exceed the exercise or purchase price of the acquired shares (less the par value of such shares) plus any federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Participant in connection with the acquisition of such shares. The amount of any bonus shall be determined by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion under the circumstances.

            (c) The Board or the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, determine that one or more loans extended under this financial assistance program shall be subject to forgiveness by the Company in whole or in part upon such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee may deem appropriate; provided, however, that the Board or the Committee shall not forgive that portion of any loan owed to cover the par value of the Common Shares.

     7.8 Exercise of Option.

          (a) Procedure for Exercise.

                (i) Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Board, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

                (ii) An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Common Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. Full payment may, as authorized by the Board, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7.5 of the Plan.

                 (iii) Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Common Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

           (b) Termination of Status as an Employee. Unless otherwise provided in an Incentive Agreement, if an Employee's employment by the Company is terminated, except if such termination is voluntary or occurs due to retirement with the consent of the Board or due to death or disability, then the Option, to the extent not exercised, shall terminate on the date on which the Employee's employment by the company is terminated. If an Employee's termination is voluntary or occurs due to retirement with the consent of the Board, then the Employee may after the date such Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company, exercise his Option at any time within three (3) months after the date he ceases to be an Employee of the Company, but only to the extent that he was entitled to exercise it on the date of such termination.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

11


To the extent that he was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. In no event may the period of exercise in the case of Incentive Stock Options extend more than three (3) months beyond termination of employment.

            (c) Disability. Unless otherwise provided in the Incentive Agreement, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.8(b) above, in the event an Employee is unable to continue his employment with the Company as a result of his permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), he may exercise his Option at any time within six (6) months from the date of termination, but only to the extent he was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. In no event may the period of exercise in the case of an Incentive Stock Option extend more than six (6) months beyond the date the Employee is unable to continue employment due to such disability.

           (d) Death. Unless otherwise provided in the Incentive Agreement, if an Optionee dies during the term of the Option and is at the time of his death an Employee who shall have been in continuous status as an Employee since the date of Grant of the Option, the Option may be exercised at any time within six (6) months following the date of death by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that an Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death, or if the Optionee's estate, or person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. In no event may the period of exercise in the case of an Incentive Stock Option extent more than six (6) months beyond the date of the employee's death.

     7.9 Option Reissuance. The Board or the Committee shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Participant, the cancellation of any or all outstanding Options under this Section 7 and grant in substitution new Options under the Plan covering the same or a different number of Common Shares but with an exercise price not less than (i) 75% of the Fair Market Value per share on the new Date of Grant or (ii) 100% of the Fair Market Value per share in the case of Incentive Stock Options.

     7.10 Incentive Stock Options - Disposition of Shares. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, a Participant who disposes of Common Shares acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option by sale or exchange (i) within two (2) years after the Date of Grant of the Option, or (ii) within one (1) year after the exercise of the Option, shall notify the Company of such disposition and the amount realized upon such disposition.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

12


     7.11 Incentive Agreement. Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer thereof and delivered to and accepted by the Optionee and shall contain such terms and provisions as the Board or the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.

8.           Restricted Shares.

     Restricted Shares are shares of Common Stock which are sold or transferred by the Company to a Participant at a price which may be below their Fair Market Value, or for no payment, but subject to restrictions on their sale or other transfer by the Participant. The transfer of Restricted Shares and the transfer and sale of Restricted Shares shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

     8.1 Number of Shares. The number of Restricted Shares to be transferred or sold by the Company to a Participant shall be determined by the Board or Committee, if any.

     8.2 Sale Price. The Board shall determine the prices, if any, at which Restricted Shares shall be sold to Participant, which may vary from time to time and among Participants, and which may be below the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the date of sale.

     8.3 Restrictions. All Restricted Shares transferred or sold hereunder shall be subject to such restrictions as the Board may determine, including, without limitation, any or all of the following:

            (a) a prohibition against the sale, transfer, pledge or other encumbrance of the Restricted Shares, such prohibition to lapse at such time or times as the Board or the Committee shall determine (whether in annual or more frequent installments, at the time of the death, disability or retirement of the holder of such Restricted Shares, or otherwise);

            (b) a requirement that the holder of Restricted Shares forfeit or resell back to the Company, at his cost, all or a part of such Restricted Shares in the event of termination of his employment during any period in which such Restricted Shares are subject to restrictions; and

           (c) a prohibition against employment of the holder of such Restricted Shares by any competitor of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or against such holder's dissemination of any secret or confidential information belonging to the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

     8.4 Escrow. In order to enforce the restrictions imposed by the Board pursuant to Section 8.3 above, the Participant receiving Restricted Shares shall enter into an agreement with the Company setting forth the conditions of the grant. Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

13


     8.5 End of Restrictions. Subject to Section 8.3, at the end of any time period during which the Restricted Shares are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transfer, such Restricted Shares will be delivered, free of all restrictions, to the Participant or to the Participant's legal representative, beneficiary or heir.

     8.6 Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, each Participant receiving Restricted Shares shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares of stock during any period which such shares are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transfer, including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares. Dividends paid in cash or property other than Common Stock with respect to the Restricted Shares shall be paid to the Participant currently.

     8.7 Ownership of Restricted Shares. Each grant or sale shall constitute an immediate transfer of the ownership of the Restricted Shares to the Participant in consideration of the performance of services, entitling such Participant to dividend, voting and other ownership rights, subject to the “substantial risk of forfeiture” and restrictions on transfer referred to hereinafter.

     8.8 Additional Consideration. Each grant or sale may be made without additional consideration from the Participant or in consideration of a payment by the Participant that is less than the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

     8.9 Substantial Risk of Forfeiture.

            (a) Each grant or sale shall provide that the Restricted Shares covered thereby shall be subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code for a period to be determined by the Board or the Committee on the Date of Grant.

            (b) Each grant or sale shall provide that, during the period for which substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue, the transferability of the Restricted Shares shall be prohibited or restricted in the manner and to the extent prescribed by the Board or the Committee on the Date or Grant. Such restrictions may include without limitation rights of repurchase or first refusal in the Company or provisions subjecting the Restricted Shares to a continuing substantial risk of forfeiture in the hands of any transferee.

     8.10 Dividends. Any grant or sale may require that any or all dividends or other distributions paid on the Restricted Shares during the period of such restrictions be automatically sequestered and reinvested on an immediate or deferred basis in additional Common Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying award or such other restrictions as the Board of the Committee may determine.

     8.11 Additional Grants. Successive grants or sales may be made to the same Participant regardless of whether any Restricted Shares previously granted or sold to a Participant remain restricted.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

14


9.           Deferred Shares.

     The Board or the Committee may authorize grants or sales of Deferred Shares to Participants upon such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

     9.1 Performance Conditions. Each grant or sale shall constitute the agreement by the Company to issue or transfer Common Shares to the Participant in the future in consideration of the performance of services, subject to the fulfillment during the Deferral Period of such conditions as the Board or the Committee may specify.

     9.2 Additional Consideration. Each grant or sale may be made without additional consideration from the Participant or in consideration of a payment by the participant that is less than the Fair Market Value per shares on the Date of Grant.

     9.3 Deferral Period. Each grant or sale shall provide that the Deferred Shares covered thereby shall be subject to a Deferral Period, which shall be fixed by the Board or the Committee on the Date of Grant.

     9.4 Ownership of Shares. During the Deferral Period, the Participant shall not have any right to transfer any rights under the subject award, shall not have any rights of ownership in the Deferred Shares and shall not have any right to vote the Deferred Shares, but the Board or the Committee may on or after the Date of Grant authorize the payment of dividend equivalents on the Deferred Shares in cash or additional Common Shares on a current, deferred or contingent basis.

     9.5 Additional Grants. Successive grants or sales may be made to the same Participant regardless of whether any Deferred Shares previously granted or sold to a Participant have vested.

     9.6 Agreement. Each grant or sale shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer thereof and delivered to and accepted by the Participant and shall contain such terms and provisions as the Board or the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.

10.           Performance Shares and Performance Units.

     The Board or the Committee may authorize grants of Performance Shares and Performance Units, which shall become payable to the Participant upon the achievement of specified Management Objectives, upon such terms and conditions as the Board or the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

     10.1 Number. Each grant shall specify the number of Performance Shares or Performance Units to which it pertains, which may be subject to adjustment to reflect changes in compensation or other factors.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

15


     10.2 Performance Period. The Performance Period with respect to each Performance Share or Performance Unit shall be determined by the Board or the Committee on the Date of Grant.

     10.3 Management Objectives.

            (a) Each grant shall specify the Management Objectives that are to be achieved by the Participant, which may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of the individual Participant or the Subsidiary, division, department or function within the Company or Subsidiary in which the Participant is employed or with respect to which the participant provides consulting services.

            (b) Each grant shall specify in respect of the specified Management Objectives a minimum acceptable level of achievement below which no payment will be made and shall set forth a formula for determining the amount of any payment to be made if performance is at or above the minimum acceptable level but falls short of full achievement of the specified Management Objectives.

           (c) The Board or the Committee may adjust Management Objectives and the related minimum acceptable level of achievement if, in the sole judgment of the Board or the Committee, events or transactions have occurred after the Date of Grant that are unrelated to the performance of the Participant and result in distortion of the Management Objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement.

     10.4 Payment.

           (a) Each grant shall specify the time and manner of payment of Performance Shares or Performance Units that shall have been earned, and any grant may specify that any such amount may be paid by the Company in cash, Common Shares or any combination thereof and may either grant to the Participant or reserve to the Board or the Committee the right to elect among those alternatives.

            (b) Any grant of Performance Shares may specify that the amount payable with respect thereto may not exceed a maximum specified by the Board or the Committee on the Date of Grant. Any grant of Performance Units may specify that the amount payable, on the number of Common Shares issued, with respect thereto may not exceed maximums specified by the Board or the Committee Shares on the Date of Grant.

     10.5 Dividends. On or after the Date of Grant of Performance Shares, the Board or the Committee may provide for the payment to the Participant of dividend equivalents thereon in cash or additional Common Shares on a current, deferred or contingent basis.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

16


     10.6 Additional Grants. Successive grants may be made to the same Participant regardless of whether any Performance Shares or Performance Units granted to any Participant have vested.

     10.7 Agreement. Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer thereof and delivered to and accepted by the Participant and shall contain such terms and provisions as the Board or the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.

11.           Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

     Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Incentive Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options nor Incentive Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Incentive Award, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Incentive Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof, shall be made with respect to the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Incentive Award.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all Options and Incentive Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action unless otherwise provided by the Board. The Board may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option or Incentive Award shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each holder the right to exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option or Incentive Award shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each holder the right to exercise his Option or Incentive Award as to all or any part thereof, including Shares as to which the Option or Incentive Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, the Option or Incentive Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Option or Incentive Award shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, that the holder shall have the right to exercise the Option or Incentive Award as to all of the Shares, including

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

17


Shares as to which the Option or Incentive Award would not otherwise be exercisable. If the Board makes an Option or Incentive Award exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board shall notify the holder that the Option or Incentive Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of such notice (but not later than the expiration of the term of the Option or Incentive Award), and the Option or Incentive Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

12.           Transferability.

     Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, the right to acquire Common Shares or other assets under the Plan may not be assigned, encumbered or otherwise transferred by a Participant and any attempt by a Participant to do so will be null and void. No Option or Incentive Award granted under this Plan may be transferred by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended, or the rules thereunder. Options and other awards granted under this Plan may not be exercised during a Participant's lifetime except by the Participant or, in the event of the Participant's legal incapacity, by his guardian or legal representative acting in a fiduciary capacity on behalf of the Participant under state law and court supervision.

13.           Time of Granting Incentives.

     The Date of Grant of an Option or Incentive Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Board or Committee makes the determination granting such Option or Incentive Award. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Participant to whom an Option or Incentive Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14.           Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

     14.1 The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable; provided, however, that the following revisions or amendments shall require approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon, to the extent required by law, rule or regulation:

            (a) Any increase in the number of Shares subject to the Plan, other than in connection with an adjustment under Section 11 of the Plan;

           (b) Any change in the designation of the persons eligible (or any change in the class of Employees eligible, in the case of Incentive Stock Options) to be granted Options or Incentive Awards involving Shares; or

            (c) If the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act at the time of such revision or amendment, any material increase in the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

18


     14.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval under this Section 14 shall only be required at such time as (A) any rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers' Automated Quotation System-National Market System shall require stockholder approval of a plan or arrangement pursuant to which Common Stock may be acquired by officers or directors of the Company, and/or (B) any rule or regulation promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (C) if Section 422 of the Code shall require shareholder approval of an amendment to the Plan.

     14.3 Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.

     14.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) October 25, 2020 or such earlier date as the Board shall determine, or (ii) the date on which all awards available for issuance in the last year of the Plan shall have been issued or canceled. Upon termination of the Plan, no further awards may be granted, but all grants outstanding on such date shall thereafter continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the agreements evidencing such grants.

15.           Withholding Taxes.

     The Company is authorized to withhold income taxes as required under applicable laws or regulations. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by a Participant or other person under this Plan, and the amounts available to the Company for the withholding are insufficient, it shall be a condition to the receipt of any such payment or the realization of any such benefit that the Participant or such other person make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for payment of the balance of any taxes required to be withheld. At the discretion of the Board or the Committee, any such arrangements may without limitation include relinquishment of a portion of any such payment or benefit or the surrender of outstanding Common Shares. The Company and any Participant or such other person may also make similar arrangements with respect to the payment of any taxes with respect to which withholding is not required.

16.           Corporate Transaction or Change of Control.

     The Board or the Committee shall have the right in its sole discretion to include with respect to any award granted to a Participant hereunder provisions accelerating the benefits of the award in the event of a Corporate Transaction or Change of Control, which acceleration rights may be granted in connection with an award pursuant to the agreement evidencing the same or at any time after an award has been granted to a Participant.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

19


17.           Miscellaneous Provisions.

     17.1 Plan Expense. Any expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.

     17.2 Construction of Plan. The place of administration of the Plan shall be in the Cayman Islands, and the validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and of its rules and regulations, and rights relating to the Plan, shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands without regard to conflict of law principles and, where applicable, in accordance with the Code.

     17.3 Other Compensation. The Board or the Committee may condition the grant of any award or combination of awards authorized under this Plan on the surrender or deferral by the Participant of his or her right to receive a cash bonus or other compensation otherwise payable by the Company or a Subsidiary to the Participant.

     17.4 Continuation of Employment or Services. This Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not interfere in any way with any right that the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate any Participant's employment or other service at any time. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

     17.5 Tax-Qualified Options. To the extent that any provision of this Plan would prevent any Option that was intended to qualify as a Tax-Qualified Option from so qualifying, any such provision shall be null and void with respect to any such Option; provided, however, that any such provision shall remain in effect with respect to other Options, and there shall be no further effect on any provision of this Plan.

     17.6 Certain Terminations of Employment or Consulting Services, Hardship and Approved Leaves of Absence. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event of termination of employment or consulting services by reason of death, disability, normal retirement, early retirement with the consent of the Company, termination of employment or consulting services to enter public or military service with the consent of the Company or leave of absence approved by the Company, or in the event of hardship or other special circumstances, of a Participant who holds an Option that is not immediately and fully exercisable, any Restricted Shares as to which the substantial risk of forfeiture or the prohibition or restriction on transfer has not lapsed, any Performance Shares or Performance Units that have not been fully earned, or any Common Shares that are subject to any transfer restriction pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan, the Board or the Committee may take any action that it deems to be equitable under the circumstances or in the best interest of the Company, including without limitation waiving or modifying any limitation or requirement with respect to any award under this Plan.

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

20


     17.7 Binding Effect. The provisions of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors or assigns, and the Participants, their legal representatives, their heirs or legacees and their permitted assignees.

     17.8 Exchange Act Compliance. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provisions of the Plan or action by the Board or the Committee fails to so comply, they shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board or the Committee.

     17.9 Conditions upon Issuance of Shares.

           (a) Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or Incentive Award unless the exercise of such Option or Incentive Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

            (b) As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Incentive Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or Incentive Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased or otherwise acquired only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

           (c) Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Share hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

     17.10 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any fractional Common Shares pursuant to this Plan. The Board or the Committee may provide for the elimination of fractions or for the settlement thereof in cash.

     17.11 Reservation of Shares. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

     17.12 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board, the members of the Board and of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

21


reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option or Incentive Award, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except a judgment based upon a finding of bad faith; provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a Board member or Committee member shall, in writing, give the Company notice thereof and an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Board member or Committee member undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.

     17.13 Gender. For purposes of this Plan, words used in the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, as appropriate.

     17.14 Use of Proceeds. Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Shares under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

     17.15 Regulatory Approvals.

            (a) The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any awards under the Plan and the issuance of any Common Shares shall be subject to the Company's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the awards granted under it and the Common Shares issued pursuant to it.

            (b) No Common Shares or other assets shall be issued or delivered under this Plan unless and until there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws, including the filing and effectiveness of the Form S-8 registration statement for the Common Shares issuable under the Plan, and all applicable listing requirements of any securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed for trading.

     17.16 Other Tax Matters. Reference herein to the Code and any described tax consequences related to the Plan or the granting or exercise of an award hereunder pertain only to those persons (including any Canadian affiliates of the Company) subject to the tax laws of Canada, the United States of America or any state or territory thereof and include all amendments to the Income Tax Act or Code enacted hereafter.

Approved by Qwick Media Inc.

Per:    
     
     
Per:    

Qwick Media Incentive Stock Option Plan

22



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ross J. Tocher, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this shell company report on Form 20-F of Qwick Media Inc.;

   
2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

   
3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

   
4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:


  (a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

     
  (b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financials statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

     
  (c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     
  (d)

disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the shell company report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     
(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     
(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 3, 2011

/s/ Ross J. Tocher  
Ross J. Tocher  
President and Chief Executive Officer and  
(Principal Executive Officer)  



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Kevin Kortje, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this shell company report on Form 20-F of Qwick Media Inc.;

   
2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

   
3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

   
4.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:


  (a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

     
  (b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financials statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

     
  (c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

     
  (d)

disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the shell company report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.

The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

     
(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

     
(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: February 3, 2011

/s/ Kevin Kortje  
Kevin Kortje  
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer  
and Principal Accounting Officer)  



CERTIFICATIONS

The undersigned, Ross J. Tocher, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

the shell company report on Form 20-F of Qwick Media Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

   
(2)

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Qwick Media Inc.

Dated: February 3, 2011

  /s/ Ross J. Tocher
  Ross J. Tocher
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Qwick Media Inc. and will be retained by Qwick Media Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



CERTIFICATIONS

The undersigned, Kevin Kortje, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

the shell company report on Form 20-F of Qwick Media Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

   
(2)

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Qwick Media Inc.

Dated: February 3, 2011

  /s/ Kevin Kortje
  Kevin Kortje
  Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer and
  Principal Accounting Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Qwick Media Inc. and will be retained by Qwick Media Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.